Engine Controls/fuel - 2.4l - Diagnostic Information and Procedures Chevrolet Malibu VIII

Diagnostic Instructions

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

The camshaft position actuator system enables the Engine Control Module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve signal from the ECM is pulse width modulated (PWM). The ECM controls the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve duty cycle by controlling the amount of solenoid valve ON time. The Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve controls the advance or the retard of each camshaft. The Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve controls the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.

The ECM controls the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve by suppling a 12 V pulse width modulated (PWM) signal. The ECM supplies a ground to the low reference circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

1. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 V.
2. The ECM has commanded the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve ON.
3. DTCs P0010 and P0013 run continuously once the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

DTCs P0010 and P0013 are type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTCs P0010 and P0013 are type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids

If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool circuit status parameters for the component. The circuit status parameters change from OK or Not Run to Fault if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify DTC P0335, P0336, P0340, and P0341 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Engine idling, command the Camshaft Position Actuator to 10° while observing the following control circuit status parameters with a scan tool: Exh or Int CMP Sol Ckt Open Test Status Exh or Int CMP Sol Ckt Short Gnd Test Status Exh or Int CMP Sol Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, Engine OFF, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the control circuit terminal A and ground. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Connect the DMM black lead to the control circuit terminal A. Connect the DMM red lead to B+. Set the DMM on the diode setting. Command the CMP actuator solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool. The DMM should transition from OL when commanded OFF to less than 1 V when commanded ON. If the circuit voltage does not correspond to the specified values, test the control circuit for an open/high resistance or a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. If all circuits/connections test normal, test or replace the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

Component Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 5-9 ohms between the control terminal A and the low reference circuit terminal B of the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. If not within the specified range, replace the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing. If not the specified value, replace the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The camshaft position actuator system enables the Engine Control Module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The camshaft position actuator solenoid signal from the ECM is pulse width modulated (PWM). The ECM controls the camshaft position actuator solenoid duty cycle by controlling the amount of solenoid ON time. The camshaft position actuator solenoid controls the advance or the retard of each camshaft. The camshaft position actuator solenoid controls the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.

1. DTC P0010, P0013, P0016, P0017, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366 is not set.
2. The ignition voltage is between 11-18 V.
3. The engine is operating.
4. The desire camshaft position is not changing greater than 4.5 degrees.
5. The desired and actual camshaft position actuator is commanded between 5-25 degrees.
6. DTCs P0011 and P0014 run continuously once the above conditions are met.

1. The ECM detects the difference between the desired camshaft position angle and the actual camshaft position angle is greater than 5 degrees.
2. The condition exists for greater 10 seconds.

DTCs P0011 and P0014 are type B DTCs.

DTCs P0011 and P0014 are type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. The engine oil condition has a major impact on the camshaft actuator system.
2. A low oil level condition may set this DTC. The engine may require an oil change. Inquire with the customer when the last oil change was performed. You may also monitor the scan tool Engine Oil Life parameter. Advise the customer an oil change may be required.
3. Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed camshaft, camshaft actuator, or timing chain can cause this DTC to set.

1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool DTC information. Verify that DTC P0016, P0017, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P1516, P2101, or P2119 is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Engine idling, command the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator from 0 degrees to 20 degrees and back to zero while observing the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Variance parameters. The Camshaft Position Variance should be less than 2 degrees in each of the commanded states.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, Engine OFF, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the control circuit terminal A and ground. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, command the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve from OFF to ON with a scan tool while observing the scan tool Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Contol Circuit Low Voltage Test Status. The value should toggle between OK and Not Run in each of the commanded states. If the parameter does not correspond to the specified values, test the control circuit for an open/high resistance or a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Remove the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve: Torn, restricted, mis-positioned, or missing screens at the CMP actuator solenoid Engine oil leak between the oil sealing lands of the CMP actuator solenoid. Inspect the lands of the CMP actuator solenoid for nicks. Oil seepage at the CMP actuator solenoid connector If a condition is found, replace Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
6. Ignition OFF, swap the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve with a Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve that is operating correctly.
7. Engine idling. Command the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator from 0 degrees to 20 degrees and back to zero while observing the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Variance parameters. The Camshaft Position Variance should be less than 2 degrees in each of the commanded states. If greater than the specified value, replace the mechanical camshaft position actuator.
8. If all circuits/connections test normal, test or replace the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 9.5-15 ohms between the control terminal A and the low reference circuit terminal B of the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. If not within the specified range, replace the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing. If not the specified value, replace the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Camshaft Position Intake Actuator Replacement (LE5 or LE9)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__camshaft-position-intake-actuator-replacement) , «Camshaft Position Intake Actuator Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__camshaft-position-intake-actuator-replacement)
3. «Camshaft Position Exhaust Actuator Replacement (LE5 or LE9)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__camshaft-position-exhaust-actuator-replacement-le5)
4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) uses the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and the intake and exhaust camshaft position (CMP) sensor information to monitor the correlation between the crankshaft, intake, and exhaust camshaft position.

1. DTC P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0641, and P0651 are not set.
2. The engine is cranking or running.
3. The crankshaft and camshaft position signals are synchronized.
4. The camshaft position actuator is in the parked position.
5. DTC P0016 and P0017 run continuously once the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects a camshaft that is greater than 10 degrees advanced, or 10 degrees retarded, in relationship to the crankshaft.

DTCs P0016 and P0017 are type B DTCs.

DTCs P0016 and P0017 are type B DTCs.

Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed camshaft, camshaft actuator, camshaft sensor, crankshaft sensor or timing chain can cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify that none of the following DTCs are set. DTC P0010, P0013, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366. If any of the DTCs listed are set refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Idle the engine at normal operating temperature. DTCs P0016 or P0017 should not set. If a DTC sets, inspect for the following and repair as necessary: The correct installation of the camshaft sensors The correct installation of the crankshaft sensor A timing chain tensioner condition An incorrectly installed timing chain Excessive play in the timing chain A mechanical cam actuator that is stuck in the full advance or retard position A timing chain that jumped teeth
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Timing Chain and Sprocket Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__camshaft-timing-chain-and-sprocket-cleaning)
2. «Camshaft Timing Chain, Sprocket, and Tensioner Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__camshaft-timing-chain-sprocket-and-tensioner)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Typical Scan Tool Data

HO2S Heater

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. A heating element inside the HO2S minimizes the time required for the sensor to reach operating temperature. Voltage is provided to the heater by an ignition voltage circuit through a fuse. With the engine running, ground is provided to the heater by the HO2S heater low control circuit, through a low side driver within the engine control module (ECM). The ECM uses pulse width modulation (PWM) to control the HO2S heater operation to maintain a specific HO2S operating temperature range.

P0030 or P0036

The ECM monitors the voltage on the HO2S heater low control circuit for heater fault diagnosis.

P0053 or P0054

The ECM determines the temperature by measuring the current flow through the heater and calculating the resistance. Based on the resistance, the ECM can predict the sensor temperature. The HO2S uses pulse width modulation (PWM) to control the heater operation. The ECM calculates the heater resistance on a cold start. This diagnostic will only run once per ignition cycle.

P0030 or P0036

1. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 11-18 volts.
2. The engine speed is more than 400 RPM.
3. DTC P0030 and P0036 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

P0053 or P0054

1. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P2610 are not set.
2. The engine is started.
3. The ignition is OFF for more than 8 hours.
4. The ECT Sensor parameter is between -30 to +45°C (-22 to +219.2°F) at engine start-up.
5. The ECT Sensor parameter minus the IAT Sensor parameter is less than 8°C (14°F) at engine start-up.
6. The ignition voltage is less than 18V.
7. DTCs P0053 and P0054 run once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met.

P0135 or P0141

1. DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, are not set.
2. The engine is running.
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
4. DTCs P0135 and P0141 run twice per drive cycle when the above conditions are met for 2 minutes.

P0030 or P0036

1. The ECM detects that the affected HO2S heater low control circuit voltage is not within a specified range.
2. DTCs P0030 and P0036 set within 3 seconds when the above condition is met.

P0053 or P0054

1. The ECM detects that the affected HO2S heater low control circuit voltage is not within a specified range at engine start-up.
2. DTCs P0053 and P0054 set within one second when the above condition is met.

P0135

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 Heater parameter is more than 2.5 amps or less than 0.3 amp.
2. DTC P0135 sets within 60 seconds when the above condition is met.

P0141

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 2 Heater parameter is more than 2.5 amps or less than 0.3 amp.
2. DTC P0141 sets within 60 seconds when the above condition is met.

DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, P0141 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, P0141 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)
5. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
2. Engine running, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S Heater parameter is varying between 0.5-2 amps.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the appropriate HO2S heater voltage supply circuit terminal D and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the HO2S heater voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the HO2S heater voltage supply circuit fuse is open, test all components connected to the fuse and replace as necessary.
3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the appropriate HO2S voltage supply circuit terminal D and the appropriate HO2S heater low control circuit terminal listed below: For LAT HO2S 1, terminal C HO2S 2, terminal E For LE5 HO2S 1 with 4-speed trans-MN5, terminal C HO2S 1 with 6-speed trans-MH8, terminal E HO2S 2, terminal E If the lamp illuminates, test the HO2S heater low control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Engine running, leave the test lamp connected from the previous step. The lamp should flash or be ON steady. If the test lamp is not ON steady or flashing, test the HO2S heater low control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition OFF, install a 30A fused jumper wire between the appropriate HO2S voltage supply circuit terminal D and the appropriate HO2S heater low control circuit terminal listed below: For LAT HO2S 1, terminal C HO2S 2, terminal E For LE5 HO2S 1 with 4-speed trans-MN5, terminal C HO2S 1 with 6-speed trans-MH8, terminal E HO2S 2, terminal E
6. Engine running, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S Heater parameter is less than 0.1 amp. If more than the specified range, test the HO2S heater voltage supply and HO2S heater low control circuits for more than 1 ohm of resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
7. If the ECM and all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2 (MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAF Sensor

Circuit Description

The intake flow rationality diagnostic provides the within-range rationality check for the mass air flow (MAF), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), and the throttle position (TP) sensors. This is an explicit model-based diagnostic containing 4 separate models for the intake system.

1. The throttle model describes the flow through the throttle body and is used to estimate the MAF through the throttle body as a function of barometric pressure (BARO), TP, intake air temperature (IAT), and estimated MAP. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAF Performance Test parameter.
2. The first intake manifold model describes the intake manifold and is used to estimate MAP as a function of the MAF into the manifold from the throttle body and the MAF out of the manifold caused by engine pumping. The flow into the manifold from the throttle uses the MAF estimate calculated from the above throttle model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 1 parameter.
3. The second intake manifold model is identical to the first intake manifold model except that the MAF sensor measurement is used instead of the throttle model estimate for the throttle air input. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 2 parameter.
4. The fourth model is created from the combination and additional calculations of the throttle model and the first intake manifold model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the TP Performance Test parameter.

The estimates of MAF and MAP obtained from this system of models and calculations are then compared to the actual measured values from the MAF, MAP, and the TP sensors and to each other to determine the appropriate DTC to fail.

Conditions for Running the DTCs

DTC P0068

1. DTCs P0641, P0651, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2176 are not set.
2. The engine is running and the engine speed is more than 600 RPM.
3. DTC P0068 and P0121 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

DTC P1101

1. DTC P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, or P0336 is not set.
2. The engine speed is between 400-7, 192 RPM.
3. The IAT Sensor parameter is between -7 to +125°C (+19 to +257°F).
4. The ECT Sensor parameter is between 70-125°C (158-257°F).
5. This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

Conditions for Setting the DTCs

The ECM detects that the airflow rate is more than the calculated airflow for more than 0.2 second.

Action Taken When the DTCs Set

1. DTC P0068 is a Type A DTC.
2. DTC P1101 is a Type B DTC.
3. The control module commands the TAC system to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
4. A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
5. Under certain conditions the control module commands the engine OFF.

1. DTC P0068 is a Type A DTC.
2. DTC P0121 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Inspect for the following conditions: Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper connections Inspect thoroughly for any type of leak or restriction. Air leaks at throttle body mounting area and intake manifold sealing surfaces
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. Observe the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Voltage parameter with a scan tool. Voltage should be more than 0.8 volt and less than 4 volts. If not within the specified range, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. Idle the engine. Observe the MAP Sensor kPa parameter with a scan tool. Increase the engine speed slowly and then back to idle. The MAP sensor kPa should change as engine speed is increased and returned to idle. If the MAP sensor kPa does not change refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Take a snapshot of the engine data list while performing the actions listed below. The MAF sensor g/s should change smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and is returned to idle. Idle the engine. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3, 000 RPM, then back to idle. Exit from the snapshot and review the data. Observe the MAF Sensor parameter frame by frame with a scan tool. The MAF sensor g/s should change smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and is returned to idle. If the MAF sensor g/s does not change smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and is returned to idle refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
5. Inspect the throttle body for the following conditions: Loose or damaged throttle blade Broken throttle shaft Any throttle body damage If any of these conditions exist, replace the throttle body assembly.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAF Sensor

The intake flow rationality diagnostic provides the within-range rationality check for the mass air flow (MAF), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), and the throttle position (TP) sensors. This is an explicit model-based diagnostic containing 4 separate models for the intake system.

1. The throttle model describes the flow through the throttle body and is used to estimate the MAF through the throttle body as a function of barometric pressure (BARO), TP, intake air temperature (IAT), and estimated MAP. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAF Performance Test parameter.
2. The first intake manifold model describes the intake manifold and is used to estimate MAP as a function of the MAF into the manifold from the throttle body and the MAF out of the manifold caused by engine pumping. The flow into the manifold from the throttle uses the MAF estimate calculated from the above throttle model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 1 parameter.
3. The second intake manifold model is identical to the first intake manifold model except that the MAF sensor measurement is used instead of the throttle model estimate for the throttle air input. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 2 parameter.
4. The fourth model is created from the combination and additional calculations of the throttle model and the first intake manifold model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the TP Performance Test parameter.

The estimates of MAF and MAP obtained from this system of models and calculations are then compared to the actual measured values from the MAF, MAP, and the TP sensors and to each other to determine the appropriate DTC to fail.

1. DTC P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, or P0336 is not set.
2. The engine speed is between 400-7, 192 RPM.
3. The IAT Sensor parameter is between -7 to +125°C (+19 to +257°F).
4. The ECT Sensor parameter is between 70-125°C (158-257°F).
5. This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

The ECM detects that the actual measured airflow from MAF, MAP, and TP is not within range of the calculated airflow that is derived from the system of models for more than 2 seconds.

DTCs P0101 is a Type B DTC.

DTCs P0101 is a Type B DTC.

1. A steady or intermittent high resistance of 15 ohms or greater on the ignition 1 voltage circuit will cause the MAF sensor signal to be increased by as much as 60 g/s.
2. Depending on the current ambient temperature, and the vehicle operating conditions, a MAF sensor signal circuit that is shorted to the IAT signal circuit will increase or decrease the MAF sensor signal that is interpreted by the ECM. Additionally it may cause a rapid fluctuation in the IAT Sensor parameter.
3. Certain aftermarket air filters may cause this DTC to set.
4. Certain aftermarket air induction systems may cause this DTC to set.
5. Modifications to the air induction system may cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 38522 Variable Signal Generator

1. Verify that DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Verify that restrictions do not exist in the exhaust system. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) .
3. Engine operating at idle, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 1, 700-3, 200 Hz depending on the ECT.
4. A wide open throttle (WOT) acceleration from a stop should cause the MAF Sensor parameter on the scan tool to increase rapidly. This increase should be from 2-6 g/s at idle to greater than 150 g/s at the time of the 1-2 shift.
5. Use the scan tool and compare the MAF Sensor parameter to a known good vehicle, under various operating conditions.
6. Verify the proper operation of the MAP sensor. A skewed MAP sensor will cause the BARO value to be inaccurate. Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Verify the integrity of the entire air induction system by inspecting for the following conditions: Any damaged components Loose or improper installation An air flow restriction Any vacuum leaks Water intrusion In cold climates, inspect for any snow or ice buildup The MAF sensor element for contamination
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the MAF/IAT sensor.
3. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
4. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal C and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
5. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 volts between the signal circuit terminal A and ground. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Ignition OFF, connect the red lead of the J 38522 Variable Signal Generator to the signal circuit terminal A at the MAF/IAT sensor harness connector. Connect the battery voltage supply to B+. Connect the black lead to ground.
7. Set the J 38522 Variable Signal Generator Signal switch to 5 volts, the Frequency switch to 5K, and the Duty Cycle switch to Normal.
8. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The scan tool MAF Sensor parameter should be between 4, 950-5, 025 Hz. If the MAF Sensor parameter is not within the specified range, replace the ECM.
9. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the MAF sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAF Sensor

The mass air flow (MAF) sensor is integrated with the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor. The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air entering the engine. The engine control module (ECM) uses the MAF sensor signal to provide the correct fuel delivery for all engine speeds and loads. A small quantity of air entering the engine indicates a deceleration or idle condition. A large quantity of air entering the engine indicates an acceleration or high load condition. The MAF/IAT sensor has the following circuits

1. Ignition 1 voltage
2. MAF sensor ground
3. MAF sensor signal
4. IAT sensor signal
5. IAT low reference

The ECM applies 5 volts to the MAF sensor on the MAF sensor signal circuit. The sensor uses the voltage to produce a frequency based on the inlet air flow through the sensor bore. The frequency varies in a range of near 1, 700 Hertz at idle to near 9, 500 Hertz at maximum engine load.

1. The engine is running for greater than one second.
2. The engine speed is greater than 300 RPM.
3. The ignition 1 signal is greater than 8 volts.
4. The above conditions are met for greater than 1 second.
5. This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

P0102

The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor parameter is less than 10 Hz for greater than 5 seconds.

P0103

The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor parameter is greater than 11, 000 Hz for greater than 5 seconds.

DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs.

1. A steady or intermittent high resistance of 15 ohms or greater on the ignition 1 voltage circuit will cause the MAF sensor signal to be increased by as much as 60 g/s. A slightly greater resistance can cause the signal to cease.
2. Depending on the current ambient temperature, and the vehicle operating conditions, a MAF sensor signal circuit that is shorted to the IAT signal circuit will increase or decrease the MAF sensor signal that is interpreted by the ECM. Additionally it may cause a rapid fluctuation in the IAT Sensor parameter.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 38522 Variable Signal Generator

1. Engine Running, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 1, 700-3, 200 Hz depending on the engine coolant temperature (ECT).
2. A wide open throttle (WOT) acceleration from a stop should cause the MAF sensor parameter on the scan tool to increase rapidly. This increase should be from 2-6 g/s at idle to greater than 150 g/s at the time of the 1-2 shift.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Verify the integrity of the air induction system by inspecting for the following conditions: Loose or improper installation Water intrusion
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the MAF/IAT sensor.
3. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
4. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal C and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
5. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 volts between the signal circuit terminal A and ground. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Ignition OFF, connect the red lead of the J 38522 Variable Signal Generator to the signal circuit terminal A at the MAF/IAT sensor harness connector. Connect the battery voltage supply to B+. Connect the black lead to ground.
7. Set the J 38522 Variable Signal Generator Signal switch to 5 volts, the Frequency switch to 5K, and the Duty Cycle switch to Normal.
8. Engine Idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The scan tool MAF Sensor parameter should be between 4, 950-5, 025 Hz. If the MAF Sensor parameter is not within the specified range, replace the ECM.
9. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the MAF sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAP Sensor

The intake flow rationality diagnostic provides the within-range rationality check for the mass air flow (MAF), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), and the throttle position (TP) sensors. This is an explicit model-based diagnostic containing 4 separate models for the intake system.

1. The throttle model describes the flow through the throttle body and is used to estimate the MAF through the throttle body as a function of barometric pressure (BARO), TP, intake air temperature (IAT), and estimated MAP. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAF Performance Test parameter.
2. The first intake manifold model describes the intake manifold and is used to estimate MAP as a function of the MAF into the manifold from the throttle body and the MAF out of the manifold caused by engine pumping. The flow into the manifold from the throttle uses the MAF estimate calculated from the above throttle model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 1 parameter.
3. The second intake manifold model is identical to the first intake manifold model except that the MAF sensor measurement is used instead of the throttle model estimate for the throttle air input. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the MAP Performance Test 2 parameter.
4. The fourth model is created from the combination and additional calculations of the throttle model and the first intake manifold model. The information from this model is displayed on the scan tool as the TP Performance Test parameter.

The estimates of MAF and MAP obtained from this system of models and calculations are then compared to the actual measured values from the MAF, MAP, and the TP sensors and to each other to determine the appropriate DTC to fail. The following table illustrates the possible failure combinations and the resulting DTC or DTCs.

Scan Tool Diagnostic Test Results

1. DTC P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, or P0336 is not set.
2. The engine speed is between 400-7, 192 RPM.
3. The engine coolant is between 70-125°C (158-257°F).
4. The intake air temperature is between -7 and +125°C (+19.4 and +257°F).
5. This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

The engine control module (ECM) detects that the actual measured airflow from MAF, MAP, and TP is not within range of the calculated airflow that is derived from the system of models for more than 2 seconds.

DTC P0106 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0106 is a Type B DTC.

1. A wide open throttle (WOT) acceleration from a stop should cause the MAP sensor parameter on the scan tool to increase rapidly to near the BARO parameter at the time of the 1-2 shift.
2. The barometric pressure (BARO) that is used by the ECM to calculate the air flow models is initially based on the MAP sensor at ignition ON. When the engine is running, the ECM will continually update the BARO value near WOT using the MAP sensor and a calculation. A skewed MAP sensor will cause the BARO value to be inaccurate.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. J-23738-A Mityvac
2. J-35555 Metal Mityvac

1. Verify that DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Verify that restrictions do not exist in the exhaust system. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) .
3. Verify that the engine is in good mechanical condition. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) .
4. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, determine the current vehicle testing altitude. Ignition ON, engine OFF, observe the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter. Compare the parameter to the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. The MAP Sensor parameter should be within the specified range as indicated in the table.
5. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool MAP sensor parameter. Start the engine. The MAP Sensor parameter should change.
6. Use the scan tool and compare the MAP Sensor parameter to a known good vehicle under various operating conditions. The readings should be within 5 kPa of the known good vehicle.
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Verify the integrity of the entire air induction system by inspecting for the following conditions: Any damaged components Loose or improper installation An air flow restriction Any vacuum leak Improperly routed vacuum hoses In cold climates, inspect for any snow or ice buildup A restriction in the MAP sensor port or vacuum source
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the MAP sensor.
3. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 volts between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter is less than 1 kPa. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 3 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter is greater than 126 kPa. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
7. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the MAP sensor.

Skewed Sensor Test

1. Using the following steps and referencing the table below will determine if the MAP sensor is skewed.
2. Ignition ON, engine OFF, observe the MAP sensor scan tool parameter.
3. Use the observed MAP Sensor Scan Tool parameter that is closest to a value that is indicated in the first column. THEN
4. Using the J-23738-A Mityvac or the J-35555 Metal Mityvac to apply 5 in Hg of vacuum to the MAP sensor, the parameter in the first column should decrease by 17 kPa. The acceptable range is indicated in the second column.
5. Using the J-23738-A Mityvac or the J-35555 Metal Mityvac to apply 10 in Hg of vacuum to the MAP sensor, the parameter in the first column should decrease by 34 kPa.. The acceptable range is indicated in the third column.

Erratic Signal Test

1. Ignition OFF, remove the MAP sensor.
2. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and the corresponding terminal of the MAP sensor.
3. Install a jumper wire between the low reference circuit terminal 2 of the MAP sensor and ground.
4. Install a jumper wire at terminal 3 of the MAP sensor.
5. Connect a DMM between the jumper wire from terminal 3 of the MAP sensor and ground.
6. Ignition ON, with the J-23738-A Mityvac or J-35555 Metal Mityvac, slowly apply vacuum to the sensor while observing the voltage on the DMM. The voltage should vary between 0-5.2 volts, without any spikes or dropouts. If the voltage reading is erratic, replace the MAP sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

MAP Sensor

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor has a 5-volt reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and a signal circuit. The control module supplies 5 volts to the MAP sensor on a 5-volt reference circuit, and provides a ground for the low reference circuit. The MAP sensor provides a voltage signal to the control module on a signal circuit relative to the intake manifold pressure changes.

1. DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set.
2. The ignition is ON, or the engine is running.
3. This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

P0107

The engine control module (ECM) detects that the MAP sensor voltage is less than 0.20 volt for more than 5 seconds.

P0108

The ECM detects that the MAP sensor voltage is more than 4.80 volts for more than 5 seconds.

DTCs P0107 and P0108 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0107 and P0108 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. J-23738-A Mityvac
2. J-35555 Metal Mityvac

1. Verify that DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Ignition ON, observe the MAP Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 0.20-4.80 volts.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the MAP sensor.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 volts between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter is less than 1 kPa. If greater than 1 kPa, test the signal circuit terminal 3 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter is greater than 126 kPa. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the MAP sensor.

Erratic Signal Test

1. Ignition OFF, remove the MAP sensor.
2. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and the corresponding terminal of the MAP sensor.
3. Install a jumper wire between the low reference circuit terminal 2 of the MAP sensor and ground.
4. Install a jumper wire at terminal 3 of the MAP sensor.
5. Connect a DMM between the jumper wire from terminal 3 of the MAP sensor and ground.
6. Ignition ON, with the J-23738-A Mityvac or J-35555 Metal Mityvac, slowly apply vacuum to the sensor while observing the voltage on the DMM. The voltage should vary between 0-5.2 volts, without any spikes or dropouts. If the voltage reading is erratic, replace the MAP sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

IAT Sensor

The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air entering the engine. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the IAT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the IAT low reference circuit.

P0112

1. DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0502 or P0503 is not set.
2. The engine is running for greater than 10 seconds.
3. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is colder than 150°C (302°F).
4. This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

P0113

1. DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0502 or P0503 is not set.
2. The engine is running for greater than 10 seconds.
3. The ECT is warmer than -40°C (-40°F).
4. This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

P0112

The ECM detects that the IAT is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for greater than 5 seconds.

P0113

The ECM detects that the IAT is colder than -39°C (-38°F) for greater than 5 seconds.

DTCs P0112 and P0113 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0112 and P0113 are Type B DTCs.

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the mass air flow (MAF) sensor heating elements.
2. Depending on the ambient temperature, an IAT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit that is shorted to the MAF sensor signal circuit can cause a DTC P0113 to set. This condition causes a rapid fluctuation in the IAT Sensor parameter.
3. An IAT sensor signal circuit that is shorted to the MAF sensor ignition circuit can cause a DTC P0113 to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition OFF for 8 hours or greater.
2. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool IAT Sensor and ECT Sensor parameters. The IAT, ECT, and ambient temperatures should be within 15°C (27°F) of each other.
3. Engine running, observe the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter. The reading should be between -39 to +120°C (-38 to +248°F) depending on the current ambient temperature and the vehicle operating conditions.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the MAF/IAT sensor.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal D and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If warmer than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal E for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal E and ground. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F). If colder than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal replace the ECM.
5. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the IAT sensor.

Measure and record the resistance of the IAT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the Temperature Versus Resistance table.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

ECT Sensor

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the ECT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit.

The ECM uses this high side coolant rationality diagnostic to determine if the input from the ECT sensor is skewed warmer than normal. The internal clock of the ECM will record the amount of time the ignition is OFF. If the calibrated ignition OFF time is met at start-up, the ECM will compare the temperature difference between the ECT and the intake air temperature (IAT) to determine if the temperatures are within an acceptable operating range of each other.

1. DTC P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0502, P0503, P0601, P1621 or P2610 is not set.
2. The vehicle has had a minimum ignition OFF time of 8 hours.
3. The ignition is ON.
4. The IAT Sensor parameter is warmer than -7°C (+19°F).
5. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is greater than 10 percent.
6. This DTC runs once per ignition cycle within the enabling conditions.

1. The ECM detects a temperature difference at power-up that indicates that the ECT sensor is 30°C (54°F) warmer than the IAT sensor. OR
2. The ECM detects a temperature difference at power-up that indicates that the ECT sensor is 16°C (29°F) warmer than the IAT sensor, and the time spent cranking the engine is greater than 10 seconds when the fuel level is greater than 10 percent. OR
3. The ECM detects a temperature difference at power-up that indicates that the ECT sensor is 16°C (29°F) warmer than the IAT sensor. Then the vehicle must be driven for greater than 6 minutes and 40 seconds at greater than 24 km/h (15 mph). If the IAT sensor then decreases greater than 5°C (9°F), an engine block heater was detected and the test is aborted. If the IAT sensor does not decrease, an engine block heater was not detected and DTC P0116 will set.

DTC P0116 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0116 is a Type B DTC.

1. Engine coolant that is leaking through the sensor will create a high resistance short to ground. This condition results in less voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a warmer ECT.
2. An IAT sensor that is skewed colder at various ambient temperatures due to greater resistance than is normal will increase the range between these two sensors. Measure and record the resistance of the IAT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) table.
3. A slight to moderate resistance in the IAT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit will increase the range between these two sensors. This condition results in a greater voltage on the IAT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder IAT.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition OFF, inspect the cooling system surge tank for the proper coolant level. Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) , and «Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
2. Ignition OFF for 8 hours or greater.
3. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool ECT Sensor and IAT Sensor parameters. The ECT, IAT, and ambient temperature should be within 15°C (27°F) of each other.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector at the sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal A and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
2. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If warmer than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal B for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
3. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference circuit terminal A. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F). If colder than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
4. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor.

1. Ignition off, remove the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor. NOTE: A thermometer can be used to test the sensor off vehicle.
2. Test the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) table. If not within the specified range, replace the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

ECT Sensor

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the ECT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit.

P0117

1. The ignition is ON.
2. This DTC runs continuously.

P0118

1. The ignition is ON.
2. The engine is running for greater than 10 seconds. OR
3. The IAT is warmer than 0.0°C (32°F)
4. This DTC runs continuously.

P0117

The ECM detects that the ECT is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for greater than 5 seconds.

P0118

The ECM detects that the ECT is colder than -39°C (-38°F) for greater than 5 seconds.

DTCs P0117 and P0118 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0117 and P0118 are Type B DTCs.

An ECT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit that is shorted to another 5-volt reference circuit will cause a DTC P0118 to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, observe the ECT Sensor parameter. The reading should be between -39 to +120°C (-38 to +248°F).
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B34 ECT sensor.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal A and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If warmer than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal B for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
4. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference circuit terminal A. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F). If colder than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
5. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the B34 ECT sensor.

Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the Temperature Versus Resistance table.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

TP Sensor 1

TP Sensor 2

The throttle body assembly contains 2 throttle position (TP) sensors. The TP sensors are mounted to the throttle body assembly and are not serviceable. The TP sensors provide a signal voltage that changes relative to throttle blade angle. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the TP sensors with a common 5 V reference circuit, a common low reference circuit, and two independent signal circuits.

The TP sensors have opposite functionality. TP sensor 1 signal voltage decreases and TP sensor 2 signal voltage increases as the accelerator pedal increases to wide open throttle (WOT).

P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, and P0223

1. DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6 V and reduced power is not active.
3. The ignition is ON or the engine is operating.
4. DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0121

1. DTCs P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0315, P0335, or P0336 is not set.
2. The engine speed is between 400-6, 350 RPM.
3. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between 70-125°C (158-257°F).
4. The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 to +125°C (-4 to +257°F).
5. DTC P0121 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2135

1. DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P0651 is not set.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6 V and reduced power is not active.
3. The ignition is ON or the engine is operating.
4. DTC P2135 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0120

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.325 V or greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P0121

The ECM detects the TP sensor is stuck within range for greater than 1 s.

P0122

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.325 V for greater than 1 s.

P0123

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 voltage is greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P0220

The ECM detects the TP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.25 V or greater than 4.59 V for greater than 1 s.

P0222

The ECM detects that the TP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.25 V for greater than 1 s.

P0223

The ECM detects the TP sensor 2 voltage is greater than 4.59 V for greater than 1 s.

P2135

The ECM detects the difference between the TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2 exceeds a predetermined value for greater than 1 s.

1. DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P0121 is a Type B DTC.
3. The ECM commands the TAC system to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
4. A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
5. Under certain conditions the control module commands the engine OFF.

DTCs P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.

DTC P0121 is a Type B DTC.

1. If the Throttle Sweep Test is not available on the scan tool, observe the scan tool TP Sensor 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter while performing the following tests: Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to WOT and then slowly return the pedal to closed throttle. Repeat the procedure several times. Rapidly depress the accelerator pedal from the rest position to the wide open throttle position (WOT) and release pedal. Repeat the procedure several times. The TP Sensor 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter should display Agree. If Disagree is displayed, continue diagnosis in Circuit/System Testing.
2. A high resistance condition on the throttle position and throttle actuator control circuits could cause a DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify that DTC P0068, P0101, P0106, P0641, P0651, or P1101 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool TB Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %. 90 % or greater Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) . If less than 90 %
4. Verify the scan tool TP Sensor 1 and TP Sensor 2 voltage parameters are between 1.0-4.0 V and change with accelerator pedal input. If not between 1.0-4.0 V or does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing If between 1.0-4.0 V and changes
5. Verify the scan tool TP Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool. If Disagree Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Agree
6. Clear the DTCs with the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC or within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records.
7. Ignition ON.
8. Verify that DTC P0120 or P0220 are not the only TP sensor DTCs set. If DTC P0120 or P0220 are the only DTCs set Replace the engine control module If DTC P0120 or P0220 are not set
9. Verify DTC P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, and P2135 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to Circuit/System Testing If none of the DTCs are set
10. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.
11. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is within range specified in the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. The MAP Sensor pressure is not in range Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . The MAP Sensor pressure is within range
12. Engine idling.
13. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is between 26-52 kPa (3.8-7.5 psi) and changes with accelerator pedal input. If not between 26-52 kPa (3.8-7.5 psi) or does not change Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 26-52 kPa (3.8-7.5 psi) and changes
14. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor g/s parameter changes smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased while performing the actions listed below. Engine idling Perform the scan tool snapshot function. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3, 000 RPM and then back to idle. Exit from the scan tool snapshot and review the data. Observe the MAF Sensor parameter frame by frame with a scan tool. The MAF Sensor parameter does not change smoothly and gradually Refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) The MAF Sensor parameter changes smoothly and gradually
15. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
16. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
17. All OK

1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at Q38 throttle body assembly. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal C and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If less than 5 ohms
3. Ignition ON.
4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal E and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
5. Ignition ON.
6. Test for less than 1 V between the TP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal D and ground. If 1.0 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If 1.0 V or less
7. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between TP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal D and the 5 V reference circuit terminal E.
8. Verify the scan tool TP sensor 1 voltage parameter is greater than 4.8 V. If 4.8 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If 4.8 or greater
9. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the TP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal F and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
10. Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

ECT Sensor

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the ECT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit.

The purpose of this diagnostic is to analyze the performance of the thermostat, by using the ECT sensor to determine if the engine coolant will increase at the correct rate, and also meet the calibrated target temperatures under various operating conditions. The ECM uses the start-up ECT and the start-up intake air temperature (IAT) to begin the diagnostic calculation. The air flow into the engine is accumulated, and vehicle speed, distance, and engine run time are also factored in to determine if the ECT does increase normally and reach the calibrated target temperatures.

1. DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, or P0123 is not set.
2. The start-up ECT is colder than 66°C (151°F).
3. The start-up IAT is between -7 to +55°C (+19 to +131°F).
4. The engine Not ran for greater than 30 minutes.
5. The engine run time is greater than 30 seconds.
6. The vehicle has traveled greater than 0.8 kilometers (0.5 miles) at greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
7. The Ethanol in the fuel is less than 87 %.
8. The mass air flow (MAF) average is greater than 1 g/s.
9. This DTC runs once per ignition cycle within the enabling conditions.

The ECM detects that the maximum amount of cumulative airflow has been attained, and the minimum ECT of 70°C (158°F) has not been met with a start-up IAT colder than 10°C (50°F).

OR

The ECM detects that the maximum amount of cumulative airflow has been attained, and the minimum ECT of 80°C (176°F) has not been met with a start-up IAT warmer than 10°C (50°F).

1. DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.
2. The Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge is inoperative.
3. The A/C is commanded OFF and inoperative.
4. The Cooling Fans are commanded ON.

DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.

1. DTC P0128 occurring with insufficient vehicle interior heating is an indication of improper thermostat operation.
2. Corrosion in the ECT sensor terminals or the ECT harness connector results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.
3. A slight to moderate resistance in the ECT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit will affect this diagnostic. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition OFF, inspect the cooling system surge tank for the proper coolant level. Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) , and «Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
2. Ignition OFF for 8 hours or greater.
3. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool ECT Sensor and IAT Sensor parameters. The ECT, IAT and ambient temperatures should be within 15°C (27°F) of each other.
4. Use the scan tool to verify the proper operation of the engine cooling system fans.
5. Verify the proper heat range, and the operation of the thermostat. Refer to «Thermostat Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Vehicle OFF, all systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal A and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F). If warmer than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal B for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
4. Install a 3A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference circuit terminal A. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F). If colder than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor.

Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures, then compare those measurements to the Temperature Versus Resistance table.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (LE5, LE9)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) , «Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (LY7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

HO2S Sensor 1 Voltage

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. Heating elements inside the HO2S minimize the time required for the sensors to reach operating temperature. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the HO2S with a reference, or bias, voltage of about 450 mV. When the engine is first started, the ECM operates in Open Loop, ignoring the HO2S voltage signal. Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature and Closed Loop is achieved, the HO2S generates a voltage within a range of 0-1, 000 mV that fluctuates above and below bias voltage. High HO2S voltage indicates a rich exhaust stream. Low HO2S voltage indicates a lean exhaust stream.

P0131

1. DTCs P0068, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The Loop Status parameter is Closed.
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18V.
4. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is more than 10 percent.
5. The Throttle Position (TP) Indicated Angle parameter is between 15-50 percent.
6. DTC P0131 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

P0132

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The Loop Status parameter is Closed.
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18V.
4. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is more than 10 percent.
5. The Throttle Position (TP) Sensor parameter is between 0-50 percent.
6. DTC P0132 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

P0137

1. DTCs P0068, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The Loop Status parameter is Closed.
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18V.
4. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is more than 10 percent.
5. The TP Sensor parameter is between 15-50 percent.
6. DTC P0137 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

P0138

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The Loop Status parameter is Closed.
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18V.
4. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is more than 10 percent.
5. The TP Sensor parameter is between 5.2-50 percent.
6. DTC P0138 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

P0131

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 Voltage parameter is less than 50 mV.
2. DTC P0131 sets within 100 seconds during the lean test when the above condition is met.

P0132

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 parameter is more than 1, 050 mV.
2. DTC P0132 sets within 15 seconds during the rich test when the above condition is met.

P0137

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 2 voltage parameter is less than 50 mV.
2. DTC P0137 sets within 100 seconds during the lean test when the above condition is met.

P0138

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 2 voltage parameter is more than 1, 050 mV.
2. DTC P0138 sets within 100 seconds during the rich test when the above condition is met.

DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137, P0138 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137, P0138 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)
5. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. If any HO2S heater DTCs are set, perform those diagnostics first.
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
3. Engine running, observe the affected HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The pre-catalyst oxygen sensors value should vary from below 200 mV to above 800 mV and respond to fueling changes. The post-catalyst oxygen sensors value should change more than 200 mV when the throttle is quickly cycled 3 times from closed to wide open and back to closed after running the engine at 1, 500 RPM for 30 seconds.
4. The affected HO2S may be damaged due to contamination. Prior to replacing the affected HO2S, inspect for the following sources of contamination: CAUTION: Refer to «Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__silicon-contamination-of-heated-oxygen-sensors) . A silicon contaminated HO2S Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Engine oil consumption-Refer to «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Engine coolant consumption-Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) .

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the scan tool and wait 60 seconds to ensure all modules are powered down.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
3. Ignition OFF, measure for less than 5 ohms resistance between the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and ground. If more than the specified range, test the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter is approximately 450 mV. If more than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit terminal B for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If less than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit terminal B for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, install a 3A fused jumper wire at the HO2S high signal circuit terminal B. Toggle the other end of the jumper wire between the HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and battery voltage. Verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter toggles between 0 mV and approximately 1, 000 mV. If the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter does not toggle correctly, test the HO2S high signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2 (MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

HO2S Sensor 1 Voltage

Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. The HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. Heating elements inside the HO2S minimize the time required for the sensors to reach operating temperature. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the HO2S with a reference, or bias, voltage of about 450 mV. When the engine is first started, the ECM operates in Open Loop, ignoring the HO2S voltage signal. Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature and Closed Loop is achieved, the HO2S generates a voltage within a range of 0-1, 000 mV that fluctuates above and below bias voltage. High HO2S voltage indicates a rich exhaust stream. Low HO2S voltage indicates a lean exhaust stream.

P0133

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0134, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor parameter is more than 70°C (158°F).
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
4. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is more than 10 percent.
5. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 120 seconds.
6. The Engine Speed parameter is between 1, 000-3, 500 RPM.
7. The barometric pressure (BARO) is more than 70 kPa.
8. The Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor parameter is between 13-40 g/s.
9. The intake air temperature is more than -40°C (-40°F).
10. The Loop Status parameter is Closed.
11. The Throttle Position (TP) Indicated Angle parameter is more than 4 percent.
12. DTC P0133 runs once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met for 3 seconds.

P0134

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor parameter is more than 70°C (158°F).
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
4. The engine run time is more than 200 seconds.
5. The throttle position (TP) sensor is stable.
6. DTC P0134 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P013A

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 V.
3. The fuel level is more than 10 percent.
4. Engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds.
5. DTCs P013E and P2270 have run and passed. THEN
6. DFCO is active.
7. APP is stable.
8. TCC is locked.
9. This DTC runs once per trip.

P013B

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 V.
3. The fuel level is more than 10 percent.
4. Engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds.
5. DTCs P013A, P013E, P013F, P2270, and P2271 have run and passed. THEN
6. This DTC runs once per trip.

P013E

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 V.
3. The fuel level is more than 10 percent.
4. Engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds.
5. DTC P2270 has run and passed. THEN
6. DFCO is active.
7. APP is stable.
8. TCC is locked.
9. This DTC runs once per trip.

P013F

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013E, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 V.
3. The fuel level is more than 10 percent.
4. Engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds.
5. DTCs P013A, P013E, P2270, and P2271 have run and passed. THEN
6. This DTC runs once per trip.

P0140

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The ECT Sensor parameter is more than 70°C (158°F).
3. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
4. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 200 seconds.
5. The Loop Status parameter is closed.
6. DTC P0140 runs once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met.

P1133

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0134, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The ECT Sensor parameter is more than 70°C (158°F).
3. The Engine Speed parameter is between 1, 000-3, 500 RPM.
4. The intake air temperature is more than -40°C (-40°F).
5. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
6. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 120 seconds.
7. The Loop Status parameter is Closed.
8. The BARO is more than 70 kPa.
9. The TP Indicated Angle parameter is more than 4 percent.
10. The Fuel Level Sensor parameter is more than 10 percent.
11. The MAF Sensor parameter is between 13-40 g/s.
12. DTC P1133 runs once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met for 3 seconds.

P2270

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271 are not set.
2. The system voltage is between 10-18 V.
3. The fuel level is more than 10 percent.
4. Engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds.
5. The engine speed is between 1, 250-1, 950 RPM.
6. Airflow is equal to or more than 3 g/s and equal to or less than 12 g/s.
7. The vehicle speed is equal to or more than 55 km/h (34.2 mph) and equal to or less than 120 km/h (74.6 mph).
8. The short term fuel trim is equal to or more than 0.9 and equal to or less than 1.065.
9. The fuel state is in closed loop.
10. The EVAP diagnostics are not in control of purge.
11. The Ethanol Estimate is not in progress.
12. The Post Cell Enabled.
13. The Power Take-Off is not active.
14. The EGR diagnostic is not intrusive.
15. The Heater Warm-up Delay is more than 120 seconds.
16. The catalytic converter temperature is equal to or more than 650°C (1, 202°F), and equal to less than 900°C (1, 652°F).
17. This DTC runs once per trip when all of the above conditions have been met for 1 second.

P2271

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271 are not set.
2. The fuel system is in Closed Loop.
3. The short term fuel trim is 0.9-1.07.
4. The vehicle speed is 55-120 km/h (34.2-74.6 mph).
5. The system voltage is between 10-18 V.
6. The engine airflow is 3-12 gps.
7. The fuel level is more than 10 percent.
8. The engine speed is 1, 250-1, 950 RPM.
9. Engine run time is equal to or more than 40 seconds.
10. The predicted catalyst temperature is 650-900°C (1, 202-1, 652°F).
11. DTC P013A, P013E, and P2270 have run and passed. THEN
12. DFCO is active.
13. APP is stable.
14. TCC is locked.
15. This DTC runs once per trip.

P2A00

1. DTCs P0068, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not set.
2. The Engine Run Time parameter is more than 100 seconds.
3. The Engine speed parameter is between 1, 000-3, 400 RPM.
4. The Ignition 1 Signal parameter is between 10-18 volts.
5. The Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor parameter is between 10-30 g/s.
6. The ECT Sensor parameter is more than 70°C (158°F).
7. DTC P2A00 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

P0133

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 rich-to-lean or lean-to-rich average response time is more than a calculated amount.
2. DTC P0133 sets within 60 seconds when the above condition is met.

P0134

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 parameter is between 400-500 mV for 100 seconds.
2. DTC P0134 sets within 100 seconds when the above conditions are met.

P013A

1. The ECM detects that the EWMA of the normalized integral value equals 8.4 integral units. OR
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during rich-to-lean transitions between 450-150 mV is more than 28 grams.

P013B

1. The ECM detects that the EWMA of the normalized integral value equals 8.2 integral units. OR
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during lean-to-rich transitions between 300-600 mV is more than 130 grams.

P013E

The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage below 450 mV within 28 grams of accumulated air flow.

P013F

The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage above 300 mV within 130 grams of accumulated air flow.

P0140

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 2 parameter is between 400-500 mV.
2. The TP Indicated Angle parameter changes more than 1 percent less than 3 times.
3. DTC P0140 sets within 100 seconds when the above conditions are met.

P1133

1. The ECM detects that the HO2S 1 rich-to-lean counts, or the lean-to-rich counts are less than a calibrated value.
2. DTC P1133 sets within 60 seconds when the above condition is met.

P2270

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage equal to or more than 775 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during the Stuck Lean Voltage Test is more than 55 grams.

P2271

1. The ECM detects that the O2 sensor cannot achieve voltage equal to or less than 100 mV. AND
2. The ECM detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during the Stuck Rich Voltage Test is more than 40 grams.

P2A00

1. The ECM detects that the Loop Status parameter is open.
2. DTC P2A00 sets within 50 seconds when the above condition is met.

1. DTCs P0133, P0134, P013E, P013F, P0140, P1133, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are Type B DTCs.
2. DTCs P013A and P013B are Type A DTCs.

1. DTCs P0133, P0134, P013E, P013F, P0140, P1133, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are Type B DTCs.
2. DTCs P013A and P013B are Type A DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)
5. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__heated-oxygen-sensor-wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Verify that no exhaust leaks are present. Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) .
2. If any HO2S heater DTCs are set, perform those diagnostics first.
3. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
4. Engine running, observe the affected HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The pre-catalyst oxygen sensors value should vary from below 200 mV to above 800 mV and respond to fueling changes. The post-catalyst oxygen sensors value should change more than 200 mV when the throttle is quickly cycled 3 times from closed to wide open and back to closed after running the engine at 1, 500 RPM for 30 seconds.
5. The affected HO2S may be damaged due to contamination. Prior to replacing the affected HO2S, inspect for the following sources of contamination: CAUTION: Refer to «Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__silicon-contamination-of-heated-oxygen-sensors) . A silicon contaminated HO2S Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Engine oil consumption-Refer to «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Engine coolant consumption-Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) .
6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the scan tool and wait 60 seconds to ensure all modules are powered down.
2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate HO2S.
3. Ignition OFF, measure for less than 5 ohms resistance between the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and ground. If more than the specified range, test the appropriate HO2S low signal circuit terminal B for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter is approximately 450 mV. If more than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit terminal B for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If less than the specified value, test the appropriate HO2S high signal circuit terminal B for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition ON, install a 3A fused jumper wire at the HO2S high signal circuit terminal B. Toggle the other end of the jumper wire between the HO2S low signal circuit terminal A and battery voltage. Verify the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter toggles between 0 mV and approximately 1, 000 mV. If the appropriate scan tool HO2S parameter does not toggle correctly, test the HO2S high signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate HO2S.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2 (MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) controls the air/fuel metering system in order to provide the best possible combination of driveability, fuel economy, and emission control. The ECM monitors the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal voltage and adjusts the fuel delivery based on the signal voltage while in Closed Loop. A change made to the fuel delivery changes the long and short term fuel trim (FT) values. The short term FT values change rapidly in response to the HO2S voltage signals. These changes fine tune the engine fueling. The long term FT makes coarse adjustments in order to maintain an optimum air/fuel ratio. The ideal FT values are around zero percent. A positive FT value indicates that the ECM is adding fuel in order to compensate for a lean condition. A negative FT value indicates that the ECM is reducing the amount of fuel in order to compensate for a rich condition.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0178, P0179, P0201-P0204, P0300, P0301-P0304, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0496, P0506, P0507, P2227, P2228, P2229 are not set.
2. The engine is in Closed Loop status.
3. The catalyst monitor intrusive test is not active.
4. The post O2 sensor intrusive test is not active.
5. The device controls are not active.
6. The EVAP tank pull down test is not active.
7. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -38 and +130°C (-36 and +266°F).
8. The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 and +150°C (-4 and +302°F).
9. The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is between 15-256 kPa (2.2-37.1 PSI).
10. The engine speed is between 400-6, 350 RPM.
11. The mass air flow (MAF) is between 1-512 g/s.
12. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (10.2 PSI).
13. The fuel level is greater than 10 percent.
14. These DTCs run continuously when the above conditions have been met.

1. The long term FT weighted average value is greater or less than a calibrated value.
2. The above condition is present for approximately 3 minutes after the conditions for running the DTC have been met.

DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.

1. Over-estimation of the ethanol content will result in a rich shift of fuel trim values, and under-estimation will result in a lean shift of fuel trim values. A fuel trim DTC may set if the learned alcohol content, Fuel Alcohol Content parameter on the scan tool, is different than the measured alcohol content in the vehicle such that fuel trim values exceed failure threshold values. Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. The normal Short Term FT parameter should be between +10 percent and -10 percent, with near 0 percent the optimum, with the engine running at operating temperature.
3. The Long Term FT parameter should be between +10 percent and -10 percent, with near 0 percent the optimum, with the engine running at operating temperature.
4. Certain aftermarket air filters may cause a DTC to set.
5. Certain aftermarket air induction systems or modifications to the air induction system may cause a DTC to set.
6. Certain aftermarket exhaust system components may cause a DTC to set.

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Verify that other DTCs are not set. If any DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
2. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, observe the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor parameter. The MAP sensor pressure should be within the range specified for your altitude. Refer to «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) . If the MAP sensor does not indicate the correct barometric pressure, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. With the engine idling, observe the mass air flow (MAF) sensor parameter. The MAF sensor parameter should be between 1, 700-3, 200 Hz (about 2-6 g/s). If the MAF sensor parameter is not between 1, 700-3, 200 Hz at idle, refer to .

P0171

Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With the engine running, observe the Long Term FT parameter with a scan tool. The reading should be between 0-29 percent.

1. If greater than the specified range, inspect for the following

1. Split, kinked, or improperly connected vacuum hoses
2. Insufficient fuel in the tank
3. Low fuel pressure-Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
5. Malfunctioning fuel injectors-Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Missing, loose, or leaking exhaust components from the HO2S forward-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust) .
7. Vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, the throttle body, and the injector O-rings
8. Leaking air induction system and air intake ducts or a missing air filter element
9. Cracked EVAP canister
10. Evaporative pipes obstructed or leaking
11. Crankcase ventilation system leaks-Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis (Without Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankcase-ventilation-system-inspectiondiagnosis-without-tur) .
12. Malfunctioning engine components-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) .

P0172

Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With the engine running, observe the Long Term FT parameter with a scan tool. The reading should be between -20 and 0 percent.

1. If less than the specified range, inspect for the following

1. Split, kinked, or improperly connected vacuum hoses
2. Collapsed or restricted air intake duct
3. Dirty or restricted air filter
4. Objects blocking the throttle body
5. Excessive fuel in the crankcase due to leaking fuel injectors
6. Evaporative emission control system not operating properly
7. Excessive fuel pressure-Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
8. Malfunctioning fuel injectors-Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
9. Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
10. Malfunctioning engine components-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after performing the diagnostic procedure.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the appropriate fuel injector pulse for each cylinder. Ignition voltage is supplied to the fuel injectors. The control module controls each fuel injector by grounding the control circuit via a solid state device called a driver. The control module monitors the status of each driver. If the control module detects an incorrect voltage for the commanded state of the driver, a fuel injector control circuit DTC sets.

1. The engine is running.
2. The ignition voltage is between 9-18 V for more than 1 second.
3. These DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

1. The control module detects an incorrect voltage on the fuel injector control circuit.
2. The above condition is met for more than 6 seconds.

1. DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 are Type B DTCs.
2. The driver information center (DIC) displays the Service Traction, Service ESC, and ESC OFF messages.

DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 are Type B DTCs.

Performing the Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test may help isolate an intermittent condition. Refer to Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test .

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 44603 Injector Test Lamp

1. Engine idling, observe the following control circuit status parameters for each fuel injector: Injector Ckt Short Gnd Test Status Injector Ckt Open Test Status Injector Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
2. Engine running, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204 should not set.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate fuel injector.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal A and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the ignition circuit fuse is open, test or replace the fuel injector.
3. Ignition OFF, connect a J 44603 Test Lamp between the control circuit terminal B and the ignition circuit terminal A of the appropriate fuel injector.
4. Engine cranking, the test lamp should flash. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the engine control module (ECM). If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the fuel injector.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Injector Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the fuel pump relay when the ignition switch is turned ON. The control module will disable the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds unless the control module detects ignition reference pulses. The control module continues to enable the fuel pump relay as long as ignition reference pulses are detected. The control module disables the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds if ignition reference pulses cease to be detected and the ignition remains ON.

The control module monitors the voltage on the fuel pump relay control circuit. If the control module detects an incorrect voltage on the fuel pump relay control circuit, a fuel pump relay control DTC sets.

1. The ignition is ON.
2. The ignition voltage is between 11-18 V.
3. This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

1. The control module detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.
2. The above condition is met for a minimum of 2.5 seconds.

DTC P0230 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0230 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

1. «COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-connector-end-views-index)
2. «Electrical Center Identification Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-electrical-center-identification-views)

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 43244 Relay Puller Pliers

Note. An open or a short to voltage in the control circuit will cause both the Ckt Open Test Status and the Ckt Short Volts Test Status parameters to display Fault.

Ignition ON, command the fuel pump relay ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following control circuit status parameters

1. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status
2. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Open Test Status
3. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Volts Test Status

1. Each parameter should toggle between OK and Not Run or Not Run and OK.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the fuel pump relay using the J 43244 Pliers.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ground circuit terminal 85 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ground circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance.
3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ground circuit terminal 85 and the control circuit terminal 86. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Remove the test lamp.
5. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is OK. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the fuel pump relay control circuit terminal 86 and the ground circuit terminal 85. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is Fault. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
7. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the fuel pump relay.

Relay Test

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the fuel pump relay.
2. Test for 70-110 ohms between terminals 85 and 86. If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace the relay.
3. Test for infinite resistance between the following terminals: 30 and 86 30 and 87 30 and 85 85 and 87 If not the specified value, replace the relay.
4. Install a 15 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and 12 V. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 30 and 87. If greater than the specified range, replace the relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) uses information from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor in order to determine when an engine misfire is occurring and uses information from the camshaft position (CMP) sensor in order to determine which cylinder is misfiring. By monitoring variations in the crankshaft rotation speed for each cylinder, the ECM is able to detect individual misfire events. If the ECM detects a misfire rate sufficient to cause emission levels to exceed mandated standards, DTC P0300 sets. Under certain driving conditions, a misfire rate can be high enough to cause the 3-way catalytic converter (TWC) to overheat, possibly damaging the converter. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will flash ON and OFF when converter overheating, damaging conditions are present and DTC P0300 is set. DTCs P0301-P0304 correspond to cylinders 1-4. If the ECM is able to determine that a specific cylinder is misfiring, the DTC for that cylinder will set.

1. DTCs P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0018, P0019, P0020, P0021, P0023, P0024, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0315, P0335, P0336, P0606, P0641, P0651, P1516, P2101, P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176 are not set.
2. DTC P0315 is not set and the engine speed is between 450-6, 100 RPM. OR
3. DTC P0315 is set and the engine speed is more than 1, 000 RPM.
4. The ignition voltage is between 9-18 V.
5. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) parameter is between -7 and +125°C (+19 and +257°F). If the ECT is less than -7°C (+19°F) at engine start-up, this diagnostic is disabled until the ECT is more than +21°C (+70°F).
6. The antilock brake system (ABS) and the traction control system (TCS) are not active or detecting rough road.
7. The transmission is not changing gears.
8. The ECM is not in fuel shut-off or decel fuel cut-off mode.
9. The fuel level is more than 10 %.
10. The power management is not active.
11. Excessive drive wheel slip is not detected.
12. DTCs P0300-P0304 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM is detecting a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a misfire sufficient to cause emission or catalytic converter damaging levels to exceed mandated standards.

1. DTCs P0300-P0304 are Type B DTCs.
2. When the MIL is flashing, the injector may be disabled for the misfiring cylinder to protect the catalytic converter. Depending on the conditions that set the code, the engine may go into Open Loop.

1. DTCs P0300-P0304 are Type B DTCs.
2. The ECM is detecting a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a misfire sufficient to cause emission or catalytic converter damaging levels to exceed mandated standards.

1. A misfire may only occur when the engine is under a load or when the engine is cold.
2. A misfire DTC could be caused by an excessive vibration from sources other than the engine. Inspect for the following possible sources: A tire or wheel that is out of round or out of balance Variable thickness brake rotors An unbalanced drive shaft Certain rough road conditions A damaged accessory drive component or belt A damaged reluctor wheel
3. The «Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__crankshaft-position-system-variation-learn) procedure may need to be performed.
4. The 2.4L, RPO LE9, VIN code 0, E85 compatible engines only-May use either American Society for Testing and materials (ASTM) gasoline with 10 % or less ethanol content or unleaded fuel containing 85 % ethanol, or ASTM E85. Refer to «Fuel System Description»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-description-and-operation) .
5. The 2.4L, RPO LE9, VIN code 0, E85, compatible engines only-Over-estimation of the ethanol content will result in a rich shift of fuel trim values and under-estimation will result in a lean shift of fuel trim values. A misfire DTC may set if the learned alcohol content, Fuel Alcohol Content parameter, on the scan tool is different than the measured alcohol content in the vehicle such that values exceed failure threshold values. Refer to «Fuel Composition Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)
5. «Powertrain Component Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-powertrain-component-views)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 26792 (SA91992) HEI Spark Tester

1. Verify that no other DTCs are set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
2. Ensure that each fuel injector is connected to the proper fuel injector harness connector.
3. Engine idling, verify there is no abnormal engine noise. If there is abnormal engine noise, refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) .
4. Observe the Misfire Current Counters with a scan tool. The Misfire Current Counters should not be incrementing. Random misfires that are not steadily incrementing may be normal.
5. If the vehicle passes the Circuit/System Verification test, operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that are captured in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records List.

1. Verify that the following conditions do not exist: Engine vacuum leaks Fuel pressure that is too low or too high-Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Contaminated fuel-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Restricted exhaust system-Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) . If you find any of the above conditions, repair as necessary.
2. Ignition OFF, remove the ignition coil from the misfiring cylinder, leaving the electrical connector connected.
3. Install the J 26792 (SA91992) HEI Spark Tester to the boot of an ignition coil and ground.
4. Attempt to start the engine and observe the J 26792 (SA91992) HEI Spark Tester. The spark tester should spark. If there is no spark, refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for diagnosis of the ignition coil.
5. Ignition OFF, remove the spark plug from the misfiring cylinder. Verify that the following conditions do not exist with the spark plug: Gas, coolant, or oil fouled Cracked, worn, incorrectly gapped-Refer to «Spark Plug Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__spark-plug-inspection) . If there is a condition with the spark plug, replace the spark plug.
6. Exchange the suspected spark plug with another cylinder that is operating correctly.
7. Operate the engine under the conditions in which the misfire occurred. Observe the Misfire Current Counters with a scan tool. The misfire should not follow the spark plug exchange. If the misfire follows the spark plug, replace the spark plug.
8. If all conditions test normal, test or inspect for the following: A lean or rich fuel injector-Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . An engine mechanical condition-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) .

1. «Ignition Coil Replacement (LE5, LE9, or LAF)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Spark Plug Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)

Repair Verification

1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
2. Perform any adjustment, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.
3. Clear the DTCs.
4. Turn OFF the ignition for 60 s.
5. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.
6. To verify that the performance of the catalytic converter has not been affected by the condition that set this DTC, perform the Repair Verification for DTC P0420. Refer to «DTC P0420»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The crankshaft position (CKP) system variation learn feature is used to calculate reference period errors caused by slight tolerance variations in the crankshaft, and the CKP sensor. The calculated error allows the engine control module (ECM) to accurately compensate for reference period variations. This enhances the ability of the ECM to detect misfire events over a wider range of engine speed and load. The ECM stores the CKP system variation values after a learn procedure has been performed. If the actual CKP variation is not within the CKP system variation compensating values stored in the ECM, DTC P0300 may set.

1. The engine is running.
2. This DTC runs continuously when the above condition is met.

The CKP system variation values are not stored in the ECM memory.

DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC.

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. The CKP system variation learn procedure may have to be repeated up to 5 times before the procedure is learned.

Perform the CKP system variation learn procedure. Refer to Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn . The scan tool should display Learned this Ignition.

1. If the CKP system variation learn procedure cannot be performed successfully, inspect for the following conditions

1. Any worn crankshaft main bearings
2. A damaged or misaligned reluctor wheel
3. Excessive crankshaft runout
4. A damaged crankshaft-Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankshaft-and-bearing-cleaning-and-inspection) .
5. Interference in the signal circuit of the CKP sensor
6. The ignition switch is in the ON position until there is insufficient system voltage.
7. An ECM power disconnect with the ignition ON that may have erased the stored value and set DTC P0315
8. Any debris between the CKP sensor and the reluctor wheel

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

The knock sensor (KS) system enables the engine control module (ECM) to control the ignition timing for the best possible performance while protecting the engine from potentially damaging levels of detonation. The KS is located on the intake side of the engine block. The KS produces an AC voltage signal that varies depending on the vibration level during engine operation. The ECM receives the KS signal through 2 isolated signal circuits. The ECM adjusts the spark timing based on the amplitude and the frequency of the KS signal.

P0325

This DTC runs continuously when

1. The engine speed is greater than 400 RPM.
2. The engine coolant temperature is greater than -40°C (-40°F).
3. The engine run time is greater than 1 s.
4. DTCs P0327 or P0328 are not set.

P0326

This DTC runs continuously when

1. The engine speed is greater than or equal to 1, 800 RPM.
2. The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is greater than 55 kPa.
3. DTCs P0120, P0121, P0122, or P0123 are not set.

P0327 and P0328

These DTCs run continuously when

1. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is greater than -40°C (-40°F).
2. The engine run time is greater than 1 s.
3. The engine oil temperature is less than 120°C (248°F).

P0325

The KS signal circuits are open or shorted together for 6 s.

P0326

1. The KS signal indicates an excessive engine knock is present.
2. The ECM commanded spark retard at a given engine load and speed is more than the calibrated value.
3. The above conditions exist for 6 s.

P0327 and P0328

The KS signal circuits are shorted to ground or power for 6 s.

DTCs P0325, P0326, P0327, and P0328 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0325, P0326, P0327, and P0328 are Type B DTCs.

1. Inspect the KS for physical damage. A KS that is dropped or damaged may cause a DTC to set.
2. Inspect the KS for proper installation. A KS that is loose or over torqued may cause a DTC to set. The KS should be free of thread sealant.
3. The KS mounting surface should be free of burrs, casting flash, and foreign material.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

P0325, P0327, and P0328

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF.
2. Disconnect the KS harness connector.
3. Measure for 2-5 V between each of the following circuits and ground on the ECM side of the harness connector. The KS signal circuit, terminal A The KS signal circuit, terminal B If less than the specified range, test the circuits for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the circuits for a short to voltage. If the circuits test normal, replace the ECM.
4. If the circuits test normal, replace the KS.

P0326

1. Inspect for a loose or broken vehicle accessory or accessory bracket.
2. Inspect for excessive engine mechanical noise.

1. Connect the DMM between the KS signal circuit terminal A and the KS signal circuit terminal B on the sensor side of the KS harness connector.
2. Set the DMM to the 400 mV AC hertz scale and wait for the DMM to stabilize at 0 Hz.
3. Tap on the engine block with a non-metallic object near the KS while observing the signal indicated on the DMM.
4. The DMM should display a fluctuating frequency while tapping on the engine block.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Knock Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Symptoms - Engine Controls»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
3. «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l)
4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The crankshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The crankshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 58-tooth reluctor wheel on the crankshaft. Each tooth on the reluctor wheel is spaced at 60-tooth spacing, with 2 missing teeth for the reference gap. The crankshaft position sensor produces an ON/OFF DC voltage of varying frequency, with 58 output pulses per crankshaft revolution. The frequency of the crankshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the crankshaft. The crankshaft position sensor sends a digital signal, which represents an image of the crankshaft reluctor wheel, to the ECM as each tooth on the wheel rotates past the crankshaft position sensor. The ECM uses each crankshaft position signal pulse to determine crankshaft speed and decodes the crankshaft reluctor wheel reference gap to identify crankshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM also uses crankshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft, to control camshaft phasing, and to detect cylinder misfire.

P0335 Condition 1

1. The starter is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses. Or
2. DTCs P0101, P0102 and P0103 are not set. And
3. The airflow into the engine is greater than 3 g/s.

Condition 2

1. DTC P0651 is not set.
2. The engine is running.

Condition 3

1. DTCs P0365, P0366, P0641, and P0651, are not set.
2. The engine is running or the starter is engaged.

P0336 Condition 1

1. DTCs P0335 or P0651 are not set.
2. The airflow into the engine is greater than 3 g/s.
3. Engine speed is greater than 450 RPM.

Condition 2

1. DTC P0651 is not set.
2. The engine is running and the starter is not engaged.

Condition 3

1. The starter is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses. Or
2. DTCs P0101, P0102, and P0103 are not set.
3. The airflow into the engine is greater than 3 g/s.

Condition 4

1. DTCs P0365, P0366, P0641, and P0651, are not set.
2. The engine is running or the starter is engaged.

The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

P0335 Condition 1

The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 4 s.

Condition 2

The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 1.0 s.

Condition 3

The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for 2 failures out of 10 engine revolutions.

P0336 Condition 1

The ECM detects that 20 or more crankshaft resynchronization have occurred within 25.0 s.

Condition 2

The ECM does not detect the synchronization gap on the reluctor wheel for greater than 0.4 s.

Condition 3

The ECM does not detect the synchronization gap on the reluctor wheel for 1.5 s after the starter was engaged.

Condition 4

The ECM detects less than 51 or greater than 65 crankshaft position sensor pulses, during 8 out of 10 engine revolutions based off of camshaft pulses.

1. DTCs P0335 and P0336 are Type B DTCs.
2. An engine driveability issue occurs after the first failure.
3. The camshaft position sensor is used to determine engine position.
4. The camshaft actuators are commanded to the parked position.

DTCs P0335 and P0336 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool DTC information. DTC P0641 or P0651 should not be set. If the DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for DTC P0641 or P0651 for further diagnosis.
2. Attempt to start the engine. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC P0335 or P0336 should not set.
3. Engine idling, observe the scan tool Crankshaft Position Resync Counter parameter. The parameter should always display zero. Move the related harnesses/connectors of the B26 crankshaft position sensor while observing the parameter. Verify the engine does not stumble or stall, and the parameter does not increment.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B26 crankshaft position sensor.
2. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
3. Ignition ON, engine OFF, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. Ignition OFF, connect a 3 A fused jumper wire to signal circuit terminal 3.
6. Ignition ON, momentarily touch the other end of the fused jumper wire to ground repeatedly while monitoring the scan tool Crankshaft Position Sensor Active Counter parameter. The Crankshaft Position Active Counter should increment. If the Crankshaft Position Active Counter does not increment, replace the K20 engine control module.
7. DTC P0336 should not be set. If DTC P0336 is set, inspect the engine for the conditions listed below and repair as necessary: Excessive play or looseness of the CKP sensor or the reluctor wheel Improper installation of the CKP sensor Foreign material passing between the CKP sensor and the reluctor wheel Damaged reluctor wheel Excessive air gap between the CKP sensor and the reluctor wheel Engine oil for debris Timing chain, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage
8. If all circuits and components test normal, test or replace the B26 crankshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The 4X camshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The camshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 4-tooth reluctor wheel attached to the camshaft. As each reluctor wheel tooth rotates past the camshaft position sensor, the resulting change in the magnetic field is used by the sensor electronics to produce a digital output pulse. The sensor returns a digital ON/OFF DC voltage pulse of varying frequency, with 4 varying width output pulses per camshaft revolution that represent an image of the camshaft reluctor wheel. The frequency of the camshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the camshaft. The ECM decodes the narrow and wide tooth pattern to identify camshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM also uses camshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft, to control camshaft phasing, and for limp-home operation.

1. The engine is running.
2. DTCs P0340 and P0365 run continuously when the above condition is met.

P0340

The ECM does not receive 4 camshaft pulses within 3 s.

P0365

The ECM does not receive 4 camshaft pulses within 3 s

DTC P0340, and P0365 are Type B DTCs.

DTC P0340, and P0365 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. With the ignition OFF, inspect the engine wiring harnesses carrying the camshaft position sensor circuits for the following conditions: Close routing of aftermarket electrical equipment Close to solenoids, motors, and relays Correct any wire harness routing or component placement conditions, if it is determined to be a possible source of electrical interference.
2. With the ignition ON, engine OFF, use the live plot function on the scan tool. Select the engine speed parameter and the camshaft position sensor parameter. Change the minimum spec to 400 RPM for both parameters. Change the maximum spec to 4, 000 RPM for both parameters.
3. Start the engine and observe the scan tool.
4. Quickly accelerate and release the accelerator pedal several times. Do not accelerate past 4, 000 RPM. The 2 graphed lines on the live plot display should track together across the screen.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate camshaft position sensor wire harness connector.
2. Test for less than 1 ohms between the appropriate low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the appropriate 5 V reference circuit terminal A and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for an open/high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the appropriate signal circuit terminal C and ground. If less than the specified range, test the affected signal circuit for an open/high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the affected signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Ignition OFF, connect a fused jumper wire to the camshaft position signal circuit terminal C.
6. Ignition ON, momentarily touch the other end of the fused jumper wire to the battery negative post. The camshaft position active counter parameter on the scan tool should increment. If the camshaft position active counter increments, replace the camshaft position sensor. If the camshaft position active counter does not increment, replace the ECM.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Testing before proceeding with Component Testing.

1. Inspect the camshaft position sensor for correct installation. Remove the camshaft position sensor from the engine and inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. If the sensor is loose, incorrectly installed, or damaged, repair or replace the camshaft position sensor.
2. Connect the camshaft position sensor connector to the camshaft position sensor. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Ignition ON, and engine OFF. Observe the Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter on the scan tool. Pass a steel object by the tip of the sensor repeatedly. The Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter should increment. If the parameter does not increment, replace the camshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The 4X camshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The camshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 4-tooth reluctor wheel attached to the camshaft. As each reluctor wheel tooth rotates past the camshaft position sensor, the resulting change in the magnetic field is used by the sensor electronics to produce a digital output pulse. The sensor returns a digital ON/OFF DC voltage pulse of varying frequency, with 4 varying width output pulses per camshaft revolution that represent an image of the camshaft reluctor wheel. The frequency of the camshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the camshaft. The ECM decodes the narrow and wide tooth pattern to identify camshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM also uses camshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft, to control camshaft phasing, and for limp-home operation.

P0341 - Near Engine Start, Camshaft Position Fast Event Based Test

1. The engine is cranking.
2. The medium resolution is less than or equal to 10 counts.

P0341 - After Engine Start, Camshaft Position Slow Event Based Test

1. The engine is running.
2. DTCs P0335, P0336, and P0340 are not set.
3. DTC P0341 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0366 - Near Engine Start, Camshaft Position Fast Event Based Test

1. The engine is cranking.
2. The medium resolution is less than or equal to 10 counts.

P0366 - After Engine Start, Camshaft Position Slow Event Based Test

1. The engine is running.
2. DTCs P0335, P0336, and P0365 are not set.
3. DTC P0366 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0341 - Near Engine Start, Camshaft Position Fast Event Based Test

The ECM detects the incorrect number of camshaft position sensor pulses in 2 revolutions of the crankshaft, which is usually within 1 s.

P0341 - After Engine Start, Camshaft Position Slow Event Based Test

The ECM detects the incorrect number of camshaft position sensor pulses in 2, 000 revolutions of the crankshaft, which is usually within 4 minutes.

P0366 - Near Engine Start, Camshaft Position Fast Event Based Test

The ECM detects the incorrect number of camshaft position sensor pulses in 2 revolutions of the crankshaft, which is usually within 1 s.

P0366 - After Engine Start, Camshaft Position Slow Event Based Test

The ECM detects the incorrect number of camshaft position sensor pulses in 2, 000 revolutions of the crankshaft, which is usually within 4 minutes.

DTCs P0341 and P0366 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0341 and P0366 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. With the ignition OFF, inspect the engine wiring harnesses carrying the camshaft position sensor circuits for the following conditions: Close routing of aftermarket electrical equipment Close to solenoids, motors, and relays Correct any wire harness routing or component placement conditions, if it is determined to be a possible source of electrical interference.
2. With the ignition ON, engine OFF, use the live plot function on the scan tool. Select the engine speed parameter and the camshaft position sensor parameter. Change the minimum spec to 400 RPM for both parameters. Change the maximum spec to 4, 000 RPM for both parameters.
3. Start the engine and observe the scan tool.
4. Quickly accelerate and release the accelerator pedal several times. Do not accelerate past 4, 000 RPM. The 2 graphed lines on the live plot display should track together across the screen.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, inspect the camshaft position sensor for correct installation. If the sensor is loose, inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage, replace as necessary.
2. Inspect the engine for the following conditions: The engine oil for debris The camshaft reluctor wheel for damage The timing chain, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage If debris is found in the engine oil, inspect the internal engine components to determine the cause. Repair or replace any worn or damaged components. Refer to «Camshaft Timing Chain and Sprocket Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__camshaft-timing-chain-and-sprocket-cleaning) , and «Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__camshaft-cleaning-and-inspection) .

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Testing before proceeding with Component Testing.

1. Inspect the camshaft position sensor for correct installation. Remove the camshaft position sensor from the engine and inspect the sensor and the O-ring for damage. If the sensor is loose, incorrectly installed, or damaged, repair or replace the camshaft position sensor.
2. Connect the camshaft position sensor connector to the camshaft position sensor. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Ignition ON, and engine OFF. Observe the Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter on the scan tool. Pass a steel object by the tip of the sensor repeatedly. The Camshaft Position Active Counter parameter should increment. If the parameter does not increment, replace the camshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The ignition system uses individual ignition coil/module assemblies for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) controls the individual coils by transmitting timing pulses on the ignition control (IC) circuit of each ignition coil/module to enable a spark event. The ECM monitors each IC circuit for improper voltage levels. Each ignition coil/module has the following circuits

1. Ignition voltage
2. Ground
3. IC
4. Low reference

1. The engine is running.
2. DTCs P0351-P0354 run continuously when the above condition is met.

The ECM detects an open, short to ground, or a short to voltage in the circuit or the ignition coil/module for less than 1 second.

DTCs P0351-P0354 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0351-P0354 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Start and idle the engine.
2. Observe the scan tool DTC Information and the Misfire Current Cyl. parameters. This will indicate the affected ignition coil/modules, and if the condition is current.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the affected ignition coil/module.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, disconnect the ECM connector X2.
3. Test for an open, a high resistance, a short to ground and for a short to voltage between the ignition coil/module IC circuit terminal 3 or C and the appropriate ECM connector X2 terminal listed below: IC 1 circuit: terminal 22 IC 2 circuit: terminal 26 IC 3 circuit: terminal 23 IC 4 circuit: terminal 24 If a fault is found, repair the circuit as needed.
4. Connect the ECM.
5. Exchange the affected ignition coil/module with the ignition/coil module of a good cylinder.
6. Start the engine and observe the scan tool. If the DTC or the misfire transfers with the suspect ignition/coil module, replace as needed. If the DTC or the misfire does not transfer with the suspect ignition/coil module, replace the ECM.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Ignition Coil Replacement (LE5, LE9, or LAF)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information)
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis)
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions)

The secondary air injection system aids in the reduction of hydrocarbon emissions during a cold start. The electric air pump forces fresh air into the exhaust stream in order to accelerate the catalyst operation. A pressure sensor is used to monitor the air flow from the secondary air injection pump. The ECM supplies voltage to the 5-volt reference circuit and supplies a ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor provides a signal voltage to the ECM relative to the pressure changes within the secondary air injection system.

Ignition voltage is supplied to the secondary air injection pump and air injection solenoid valve relays. The ECM controls the relays by grounding the control circuits, which activates the relays. When the relay contacts close, voltage is supplied to the pump and the solenoid valve, which turns the pump on and opens the solenoid valve.

The diagnostic uses 3 phases to test the secondary air injection system

1. DTCs P0411 and P2430 run during Phase 1
2. DTCs P2430 and P2440 run during Phase 2
3. DTC P2444 runs during Phase 3

During phase 1, both the secondary air injection pump and the secondary air injection solenoid valve are activated. Normal secondary air function occurs. Expected system pressure is 10-15 kPa (1.5-2.2 psi) above BARO.

During phase 2, only the secondary air injection pump is activated. The solenoid valve is closed. Pressure sensor performance and solenoid valve deactivation are tested. Expected system pressure is 20-30 kPa (2.9-4.4 psi) above BARO.

During phase 3, neither the secondary air injection pump nor the secondary air injection solenoid valve is activated. secondary air injection pump deactivation is tested. Expected system pressure equals BARO.

1. DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0300, P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0412, P0418, P0420, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P0641, P0651, or P2101 is not set.
2. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 V.
3. The intake air temperature (IAT) is greater than -11°C (+12°F).
4. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 60 kPa (8.7 psi).
5. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -11 and +60°C (12-140°F).
6. The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is greater than 20 kPa (2.9 psi.
7. The engine speed is less than 5, 000 RPM.
8. The mass air flow (MAF) is less than 50 g/s.
9. Greater than 60 min has elapsed since the last cold start.
10. The secondary air injection system is commanded ON.
11. DTC P0411 runs once per trip start up when the above conditions are met for greater than 5 s.

1. The difference between the predicted system pressure and the actual system pressure is greater than 4 kPa (0.6 psi).
2. DTC P0411 sets within 22 s when the above condition is met.

DTC P0411 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0411 is a Type B DTC.

1. Ice buildup due to condensation/water in the air passages or pump may cause this DTC to set.
2. The secondary air injection solenoid valve relay is located in the underhood electrical center
3. The secondary air injection pump relay is attached to the wire harness, located in the left side of the engine compartment, in front of the battery.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Secondary Air Injection System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J-36169-HD Fused Jumper

1. Ignition ON
2. Verify that DTC P0412, P0418, P2430, P2431, P2432, P2433, P2440, or P2444 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) If none of the DTCs are set.
3. Verify the scan tool BARO pressure parameter is within the range specified in the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) If not within the specified range Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) If within the specified range
4. Verify the scan tool AIR Pressure Sensor and BARO pressure parameters are within 3 kPa (0.4 psi). If not within the specified range Refer to «DTC P2430-P2433»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) If within the specified range
5. Verify the secondary air injection solenoid valve activates when commanding the AIR Solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the secondary air injection solenoid valve does not operate as specified Refer to Circuit/System Testing-Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve Malfunction If the secondary air injection solenoid valve operates as specified
6. Engine running
7. Verify the secondary air injection pump turns ON and OFF when commanding the AIR Pump Relay ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the secondary air injection pump does not operate as specified Refer to Circuit/System Testing-Secondary Air Injection Pump Malfunction If the secondary air injection pump operates as specified
8. Verify the scan tool AIR Pressure Sensor parameter increases between 20-30 kPa (2.9-4.4 psi), over the current reading, when the AIR Pump Relay is commanded ON with a scan tool. If not within the specified range Refer to Circuit/System Testing-Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Not In Range. If within the specified range
9. Verify the scan tool AIR Pressure Sensor parameter increases between 10-15 kPa (1.5-2.2 psi), over the current reading, when the AIR System is commanded ON with a scan tool. If not within the specified range Refer to Circuit/System Testing-Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Not In Range. If within the specified range
10. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
11. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Verification-step 1 If the DTC does not set
12. All OK

Secondary AirInjection Solenoid Valve Malfunction

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the KR26 secondary air injection solenoid valve relay.
2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If the test lamp illuminates
3. Disconnect the harness connector at the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve.
4. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 10 ohms between the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve ground circuit terminal 4 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
5. Connect the harness connector at the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve.
6. Connect a 10 A fused jumper wire between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and the control circuit terminal 87.
7. Verify the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve is activated. If the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve does not activate Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, test or replace the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve. If the Q29 secondary air injection solenoid valve activates
8. Test or replace the KR26 secondary air injection solenoid valve relay.

Secondary AIR Injection Pump Malfunction

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the KR25 secondary air injection pump relay.
2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuselink is good Ignition OFF Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuselink is not open and there is voltage at the fuselink. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuselink is open Ignition OFF Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Disconnect the harness connector at the G21 secondary air injection pump. NOTE: The secondary air injection pump circuit is provided with a flyback diode that may cause the DTC to set if internally shorted. Connect a DMM, set on the diode setting, between the control circuit terminal A and ground. Verify the DMM reading is between 0.5-0.8 V and displays O.L. when the DMM leads are reversed. If less than the specified range, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If within the specified range Test or replace the G21 secondary air injection pump. If the test lamp illuminates
3. Disconnect the harness connector at the G21 secondary air injection pump.
4. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 10 ohms between the G21 secondary air injection pump ground circuit terminal B and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
5. Connect the harness connector at the G21 secondary air injection pump.
6. Connect a 40 A fused jumper wire between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and the control circuit terminal 87.
7. Verify the G21 secondary air injection pump is activated. If the G21 secondary air injection pump does not activate Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G21 secondary air injection pump. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, Test or replace the G21 secondary air injection pump. If the G21 secondary air injection pump activates
8. Test or replace the KR25 secondary air injection pump relay.

Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Not In Range

1. Verify the following conditions do not exist: Hoses/pipes restricted or blocked Hoses/pipes disconnected Plugged secondary air injection pressure sensor port Damaged secondary air injection check valve If a condition is located Repair or replace the affected component as necessary. If all components test normal
2. If a condition is not located, and the secondary air injection pump operates with no pressure change, replace the G21 secondary air injection pump.

Relay Test

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate relay.
2. Test for the following resistance between terminals 85-86. 50-75 ohms-KR25 secondary air injection pump relay 70-110 ohms-KR26 secondary air injection solenoid valve relay If not within the specified range Replace the relay. If within the specified range
3. Test for infinite resistance between the terminals listed below: 30 and 86 30 and 87 30 and 85 85 and 87 If less than infinite resistance Replace the relay. If infinite resistance
4. Install a 15 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and 12 V. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and ground.
5. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 30 and 87. If 2 ohms or greater Replace the relay. If less than 2 ohms
6. All OK

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
2. «Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Pipe Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__secondary-air-injection-check-valve-pipe)
3. «Secondary Air Injection Pump Hose Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
4. «Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
5. «Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The secondary air injection system aids in the reduction of hydrocarbon emissions during a cold start. The electric air pump forces fresh air into the exhaust stream in order to accelerate the catalyst operation. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the secondary air injection pump relay and secondary air solenoid valve relay. The ECM controls the relays by grounding the control circuit with a solid state device called a driver. The ECM monitors the control circuits for open, short to ground, or short to voltage conditions.

1. The engine speed is greater than 80 RPM.
2. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 V.
3. The ECM has commanded the air system ON and OFF at least once during the ignition cycle.
4. The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

DTC P0412 or P0418

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 2 s.

DTC P0412, and P0418 are Type B DTCs.

DTC P0412, and P0418 are Type B DTCs.

If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool AIR Data circuit status parameters. The circuit status parameter changes from OK or Not Run to Fault if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Secondary Air Injection System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, command the appropriate relay ON and OFF with a scan tool. You should hear or feel a click and the corresponding Secondary Air component should turn ON and OFF.
2. Command the relay ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following corresponding circuit status parameters: AIR Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status AIR Pump Relay Ckt Open Test Status AIR Pump Relay Ckt Short Volts Test Status OR AIR Sol Ckt Short Gnd Test Status AIR Sol Ckt Open Test Status AIR Sol Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, remove the appropriate relay.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the relay coil B+ circuit terminal 86 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the ignition circuit fuse is open, test all components connected to the ignition circuit and replace as necessary.
3. Verify a test lamp does not illuminate between the relay control circuit terminal 85 and B+. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Test for less than 1 V between the relay coil control circuit terminal 85 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Connect a DMM set to the diode setting between the control circuit terminal 85 and ground.
6. Command the relay ON and OFF with a scan tool. The DMM should transition from 2.5-3.5 V when commanded OFF to less than 1 V when commanded ON. If the circuit voltage does not correspond to the specified values, test the control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
7. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the relay.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the relay.
2. Test for the following resistance between terminals 85 and 86. 50-75 ohms-Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay 70-11 ohms-Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Relay If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace the relay.
3. Test for infinite resistance between the following terminals: 86 and 87 86 and 30 85 and 87 87 and 30 If not the specified value, replace the relay.
4. Install a 15 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and B+. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and ground. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 87 and 30. If greater than the specified range, replace the relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

A 3-way catalytic converter controls emissions of hydrocarbons, CO and NOx. The catalyst within the converter promotes a chemical reaction, which oxidizes the hydrocarbons and the CO that are present in the exhaust gas. This process converts the hydrocarbons and the CO into water vapor and CO2, and reduces the NOx, by converting the NOx into nitrogen. The catalytic converter also stores oxygen. The ECM monitors this process by using a Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) that is in the exhaust stream after the 3-way catalytic converter. The HO2S 2 produces an output signal that the ECM uses to calculate the oxygen storage capacity of the catalyst. This indicates the ability of the catalyst to convert the exhaust emissions efficiently. The ECM monitors the efficiency of the catalyst by allowing the catalyst to heat, then wait for a stabilization period while the engine is idling. The ECM then adds and removes fuel while monitoring the HO2S 2. When the catalyst is functioning properly, the HO2S 2 response to the extra fuel is slow compared to the response of the HO2S 1, which is located before the 3-way catalytic converter. When the HO2S 2 response is near that of the HO2S 1, the oxygen storage capability and efficiency of the catalyst may be degraded below an acceptable threshold.

1. DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0030, P0036, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013C, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0220, P0223, P0300, P0301-P0304, P0443, P0449, P0455, P0496, P0506, P0507, P1101, P1133, P2100, P2102, P2103, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P219A, P2232, P2235, P2270, or P2271 is not set.
2. Before the ECM performs the idle test, the vehicle must be driven under the following conditions: The engine speed is greater than 915 RPM The engine run time is greater than a calibrated value Both conditions exist for greater than 15 s
3. The throttle is in the rest position.
4. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is between -20 to +250°C (-4 to +482°F).
5. The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V.
6. The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is between 40-127°C (104-261°F).
7. The Barometric Pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa.
8. The engine has been idling less than 50 s.
9. The vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h (1 mph).
10. The short term fuel trim is learned.
11. The air flow into the engine is between 3-13 g/s.
12. The EVAP purge concentration is learned.
13. The catalytic converter calculated temperature is between 450-250°C (842-1, 742°F).
14. The engine is operating in Closed Loop.
15. The transmission is not in P/N (automatic transmission only).

This diagnostic attempts one test during each valid idle period once the above conditions have been met. This diagnostic attempts up to 8 tests during each drive cycle.

The ECM determines that the efficiency of the catalyst has degraded below a calibrated threshold.

DTC P0420 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P0420 is a Type A DTC.

Note. A new converter with less than 161 kilometers (100 miles) on it may set DTC P0420 due to out-gassing of the internal matting. Operating the vehicle at highway speeds for approximately 1 h may correct the condition.

Inspect for the following conditions, which may cause a catalytic converter to degrade

1. An engine misfire
2. High engine oil or high coolant consumption
3. Retarded spark timing
4. A weak or poor spark
5. A lean fuel mixture
6. A rich fuel mixture
7. A damaged oxygen sensor or wiring harness

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify there are no other DTCs set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC while observing the scan tool TWC Mon. Off Idle Test Conditions Met parameter. The parameter will change to Yes when the Off Idle Conditions have been met. If not the specified value, operate the vehicle within the Off Idle Conditions.
3. When the parameter has changed to Yes and the conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear.
4. Apply the service brake.
5. Monitor the scan tool TWC Monitor Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the TWC Monitor Test is running.
6. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the TWC Monitor Test has completed.
7. When the test has completed, the TWC Monitor Test Count parameter will increment by one and the TWC Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Decision. If No Decision is indicated, repeat steps 2-6 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed.

1. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the catalytic converter: Dents A severe discoloration caused by excessive temperatures Road damage An internal rattle caused by damaged catalyst substrate Restrictions If a condition is found, replace the catalytic converter.
2. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the exhaust system: Leaks Physical damage Loose or missing hardware If a condition is found, repair the exhaust system.
3. Verify the following conditions do not exist with the B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2. The HO2S is not at the correct torque Damage If a condition is found, repair or replace the B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 as necessary.
4. If all physical conditions test normal, test or replace the catalytic converter.

1. «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage)
2. «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system)
3. «Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2 (MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
4. «Catalytic Converter Replacement (LAT, LE9 or LE5)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) , «Catalytic Converter Replacement (LE5 or LE9 With MH8)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system)

1. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
2. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.
3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
4. Vehicle OFF for 60 s.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC while observing the scan tool TWC Mon. Off Idle Test Conditions Met parameter. The parameter will change to Yes when the Off Idle Conditions have been met. If not the specified value, operate the vehicle within the Off Idle Conditions.
6. When the parameter has changed to Yes and the conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear.
7. Apply the service brake.
8. Monitor the scan tool TWC Monitor Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the TWC Monitor Test is running.
9. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the TWC Monitor Test has completed.
10. When the test has completed, the TWC Monitor Test Count parameter will increment by one and the TWC Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Decision. If No Decision is indicated, repeat steps 5-9 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed.
11. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine off natural vacuum (EONV) test is the small leak detection diagnostic for the evaporative emission system. This diagnostic tests the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system for a small leak when the key is turned OFF and the correct conditions are met. Heat from the exhaust system is transferred into the fuel tank while the vehicle is operating. When the vehicle is turned OFF and the EVAP system is sealed a change in the fuel tank vapor temperature occurs which results in a corresponding pressure change in the fuel tank vapor space. This change is monitored by the engine control module (ECM) using the fuel tank pressure sensor input. With a leak in the system, the amount of pressure change will be less than that of a sealed system.

Note. The following conditions must be met prior to ignition OFF.

1. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0125, P0128, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0463, P0503, P1106, P1107, P1111, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1516, P2101, P2108, P2120, P2125, P2129, P2138, P2610 are not set.
2. The diagnostic runs once after a cold start drive cycle.
3. The start-up intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
4. The start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 30°C (86°F).
5. The start-up IAT and ECT are within 8°C (46°F).
6. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa.
7. The ambient air temperature is between 2-32°C (36-90°F).
8. The engine run time minimum is 10 minutes.
9. The vehicle has traveled greater than 5 kilometers (3 miles) this trip.
10. The ECT is greater than 70°C (158°F).
11. The fuel level is between 10-90 percent.
12. The ignition is OFF.
13. A refueling event is not detected.
14. DTC P0442 runs once per drive cycle during the hot soak period after the ignition is turned OFF and may require up to 40 minutes to complete. The controller will not make more than 2 test attempts per day. The time since the last completed EONV test must be at least 17 hours.

1. The ECM detects a pressure change that is less than a calibrated amount.
2. The ECM must complete several EONV tests before the diagnostic can turn the MIL ON or OFF.

DTC P0442 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P0442 is a Type A DTC.

1. The EVAP system can be filled with smoke more quickly and completely by opening the system opposite the end where the smoke is injected. When injecting smoke at the service port, remove the fuel fill cap, or temporarily leave the vent open, until smoke is observed, then close the system and continue testing. If using a fuel cap adapter at the filler neck, use the J 41413-VLV EVAP service port vent tool at the service port to allow the system to fill faster.
2. To help locate intermittent leaks using the GE-41413-A Evaporative emissions system tester (EEST), move all EVAP components while observing smoke with the GE-41413-SPT high intensity white light.
3. Individual components can be isolated and tested using adapters in the GE-41413-300 EVAP cap and plug kit.
4. A condition may exist where a leak in the EVAP system only exists under a vacuum condition. This type of leak may be detected by using the scan tool Purge/Seal function to create a vacuum in the EVAP system and then observe the FTP parameter for vacuum decay.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH-48096 EVAP Service Access Port Tool
2. GE-41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST)
3. GE-41413-300 EVAP Cap and Plug Kit
4. GE-41413-SPT High Intensity White Light
5. J 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Tool

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .

Note. Refer to the GE-41413-A Evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission System Diagnosis . Larger volume fuel tanks and/or those with lower fuel levels may require several minutes for the floating indicator to stabilize. Ensure that the underbody temperature of the vehicle and the tester are similar.

1. Disconnect the purge tube at the quick connector on the EVAP canister side of the purge solenoid valve and install the CH-48096 EVAP service access port tool. Connect the GE-41413-A Evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) to the vehicle at the EVAP service port adapter.
2. Using a scan tool, close the EVAP vent solenoid valve to seal the EVAP system.
3. Use the flow meter on the GE-41413-A Evaporative emissions system tester (EEST), calibrated to 0.51 mm (0.020 in) to determine that there is no leak in the EVAP system. If a leak is detected, use the GE-41413-A Evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) to apply smoke to the EVAP system at the service port or the purge tube until the leak is located using the GE-41413-SPT high intensity white light.

1. Seal the EVAP system and use the flow meter on the GE-41413-A Evaporative emissions system tester (EEST), calibrated to 0.51 mm (0.020 in) to determine that there is no leak in the EVAP system.
2. Clear the DTCs.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

An ignition voltage is supplied directly to the evaporative emission (EVAP) purge solenoid valve. The engine control module (ECM) grounds the EVAP purge solenoid valve control circuit through an internal switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the status of the driver. The EVAP purge solenoid valve is pulse width modulated (PWM). A scan tool will display the amount of ON time as a percentage.

Battery voltage is supplied to the EVAP vent solenoid valve. The ECM grounds the EVAP vent solenoid valve control circuit through an internal switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the status of the driver. A scan tool will display the commanded state of the EVAP vent solenoid valve as ON (Not Venting) or OFF (Venting).

1. The ignition is ON.
2. The system voltage is greater than 11 V.
3. DTCs P0443 and P0449 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match, for a minimum of 0.25 s.

DTC P0443 and P0449 are Type B DTCs.

DTC P0443 and P0449 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. For P0443, the audible clicking intensity will vary depending on mounting locations and interference with the fuel injectors clicking. You may also feel a change in the frequency of clicking.

P0443

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF, you should hear or feel a clicking sound when the EVAP purge solenoid valve is commanded to 50 % with a scan tool. The clicking sound or feel should stop when the EVAP purge solenoid valve is commanded to 0 %. The rate at which the valve cycles should increase when the commanded state is increased, and decrease when the commanded state is decreased.
2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

P0449

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF, command the EVAP vent solenoid ON (Not Venting) and OFF (Venting) with a scan tool. Listen or feel for a click when the valve operates.
2. Verify that both the ON (Not Venting) and the OFF (Venting) states are commanded with a scan tool while observing their parameter status. EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the, Q12 evaporative emission purge solenoid valve for P0443 Q13 evaporative emission vent solenoid valve for P0449
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the voltage supply circuit, Terminal 1 or A and ground for the purge solenoid valve Terminal 2 or B or A and ground for the vent solenoid valve If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the voltage supply circuit fuse is open, test all components connected to the voltage supply circuit and replace as necessary.
3. Connect a test lamp between the voltage supply circuit and the control circuit.
4. With a scan tool command the, EVAP purge solenoid valve to 50 % EVAP vent solenoid valve ON (Not Venting) and OFF (Venting) The test lamp should respond to the command If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate solenoid valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
2. «Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-36l-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

This DTC tests the evaporative emission (EVAP) system for a restricted or blocked EVAP vent path. The engine control module (ECM) commands the EVAP purge solenoid valve Open and the EVAP vent solenoid valve Closed. This allows vacuum to be applied to the EVAP system. Once a calibrated vacuum level has been reached, the ECM commands the EVAP purge solenoid valve Closed and the EVAP vent solenoid valve Open. The ECM monitors the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor for a decrease in vacuum. If the vacuum does not decrease to near 0 in H2O in a calibrated time, this DTC sets.

1. DTCs P00C8, P00C9, P0068, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P160E, P160D, P0191, P0192, P0193, P0222, P0223, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0502, P0503, P0606, P0722, P0723, P16F3, P1104, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2135, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 are not set.
2. The ignition voltage is between 11-32 V.
3. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa.
4. The fuel level is between 10-90 %.
5. The start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 35°C (95°F).
6. The start-up intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
7. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 9°C (48°F) of each other.
8. DTC P0446 runs once per cold start for no greater than 17 min.

1. The FTP sensor is greater than 12 in H2O vacuum for 5 s. OR
2. The FTP is less than -2.5 in H2O or greater than +5 in H2O vacuum for 60 s.
3. 2 L (.5 gal) of fuel must be consumed before setting the DTC for a second time.

DTC P0446 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0446 is a Type B DTC.

1. An intermittent condition could be caused by a damaged EVAP vent housing, a temporary blockage at the EVAP vent solenoid valve inlet, or a pinched vent hose. A blockage in the vent system may also cause a poor fuel fill problem.
2. An EVAP canister filter that is restricted can cause this DTC to set. Refer to «Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON and fuel cap removed, verify that the FTP sensor parameter is between 1.3-1.7 V. If not within the specified range, go to the FTP sensor section in Circuit/System Testing.
2. Install the fuel cap.
3. With the engine running, the EVAP vent solenoid valve open, use a scan tool to command the EVAP purge solenoid valve to 100 %. The fuel tank vacuum should not increase to more than -15 mm Hg (-8 in H2O). If the fuel tank vacuum is greater than the specified range, go to the restriction section in Circuit/System Testing.
4. Using the scan tool, decrease the canister purge duty cycle from 100 % to 0 %. The vacuum should decrease to near zero. If the fuel tank vacuum does not return to zero or appears to decrease too slowly go to the restriction section in Circuit/System Testing.
5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

Note. Perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing.

Restriction

1. With the engine running, the EVAP vent solenoid valve open, and the EVAP purge solenoid valve commanded to 100 %, the fuel tank vacuum should not increase to more than -15 mm Hg (-8 in H2O). If the fuel tank vacuum is greater than the specified value, isolate the restriction by disconnecting one component at a time while the EVAP purge solenoid valve is commanded to 100 % and the vent valve is open.
2. Using the scan tool, decrease the canister purge duty cycle from 100 % to 0 %. The vacuum should decrease to near zero. If the fuel tank vacuum does not return to zero, or appears to decrease too slowly, inspect the components in the EVAP vent system for a restriction.

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B150 fuel tank pressure sensor.
2. Ignition OFF, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal B or 1 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the B150 fuel tank pressure sensor.

1. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) , «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU6)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
3. «Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup and programming

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

With the engine running, the EVAP vent solenoid valve open and the EVAP purge solenoid valve commanded to 100 %, the fuel tank vacuum should not increase to more than -15 mm Hg (-8 inches H2O).

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.

FTP Sensor Voltage

The fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor measures air pressure or vacuum in the evaporative emission (EVAP) system. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a 5 V reference and a low reference circuit to the FTP sensor. The FTP sensor signal voltage varies depending on EVAP system pressure or vacuum. The ECM also uses this FTP signal to determine atmospheric pressure for use in the engine-off small leak test, DTC P0442. Before using this signal as an atmospheric reference it must first be re-zeroed.

P0451

1. DTC P0451 runs only when the engine-off natural vacuum small leak test, P0442, executes.
2. The number of times this test runs can range from 0-2 per engine-off period. The length of the test can be up to 10 min.

P0452 and P0453

DTC P0452 and P0453 run continuously when the ignition is ON.

P0454

1. DTC P0454 runs only when the engine-off natural vacuum small leak test, P0442, executes.
2. This test can run once per engine-off period. The length of the test can be up to 10 min.
3. A refueling event is not detected.

P0451

This DTC will set if the controller is unable to re-zero the FTP sensor voltage within a calibrated range during the engine-off small leak test, P0442.

P0452

The FTP sensor voltage is less than 0.1 V for more than 5 s.

P0453

The FTP sensor voltage is more than 4.9 V for more than 5 s.

P0454

If, during the engine-off natural vacuum small leak test, P0442, the ECM detects an abrupt FTP signal change, other than a refueling event, this DTC will set. An abrupt change is defined as a change of 1 in H2O in the span of 1 s.

1. DTCs P0451 and P0454 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTCs P0452 and P0453 are Type B DTCs.

1. DTCs P0451 and P0454 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTCs P0452 and P0453 are Type B DTCs.

P0451 and P0454

1. A restriction in the EVAP canister or vent lines could prevent fuel vapor pressure from bleeding off fast enough. If the vent system cannot bleed off pressure fast enough, the re-zero procedure may not complete successfully, which could cause this code to set.
2. Ensure that the reference port on the FTP sensor is unobstructed.
3. An FTP sensor that is skewed or does not have a linear transition from low to high may cause this code to set. Scan tool output controls, snapshot, and plot functions can help detect erratic sensor response. To test the sensor signal under vacuum conditions, use the Quick Snapshot and the Purge/Seal functions to capture data while commanding purge to 20 %, then plot the data to look for erratic sensor operation. A similar test can be done for the pressure side of the sensor operation by applying pressure with the GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST) while taking a snapshot.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST)

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .

1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool FTP sensor parameter. The reading should be between 1.3-1.7 V with the fuel cap removed, and change with fuel tank pressure.
2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the FTP sensor.
2. Ignition OFF. It may take up to for 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms of resistance between the low reference circuit terminal A or 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal C or 3 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
4. Verify the scan tool FTP sensor parameter is less than 0.1 V. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal B or 1 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal B or 1 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal C or 3. Verify the scan tool FTP sensor parameter is greater than 4.7 V. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the B150 fuel tank pressure sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) , «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU6)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module (ECM) replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The ECM tests the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System for a large leak or restrictions to the purge path in the EVAP system. When the enabling criteria has been met the ECM commands the EVAP vent solenoid valve ON and the EVAP purge solenoid valve ON, allowing vacuum into the EVAP system. The ECM monitors the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor voltage to verify that the system is able to reach a predetermined level of vacuum within a set amount of time.

1. DTCs P00C8, P00C9, P0068, P16F3, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P160E, P160D, P0191, P0192, P0193, P0222, P0223, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0502, P0503, P0606, P0722, P0723, P1104, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2135, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 are not set.
2. The engine is running.
3. The ignition voltage is between 11-32 V.
4. The barometric pressure (BARO) is more than 70 kPa.
5. The fuel level is between 10-90 %.
6. The purge flow is greater than 3 %
7. The start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 35°C (95°F).
8. The start-up intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
9. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 8°C (46°F) of each other.
10. DTC P0455 runs once per cold start within 10 minutes of start-up.

1. The EVAP system is not able to achieve or maintain a calibrated level of vacuum within a set amount of time
2. After setting the DTC for the first time, 2 L (0.5 gal) of fuel must be consumed before setting the DTC for the second time.

DTC P0455 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0455 is a Type B DTC.

1. Inspect for a loose, missing, damaged, or incorrect fuel fill cap.
2. Inspect for a damaged fuel filler neck seal surface.
3. A blockage or restriction in the EVAP purge solenoid valve, purge pipe, EVAP canister, or vapor pipe, can cause this DTC to set. Check for vacuum at the purge valve while commanded ON with the scan tool, canister side of hose disconnected and engine running.
4. The EVAP system can be filled with smoke more quickly and completely by opening the system opposite the end where the smoke is injected. For example, when injecting smoke at the service port remove the fuel fill cap, or temporarily leave the vent open, until smoke is observed, then close the system and continue testing. If using a fuel tank cap adapter at the filler neck, use the J 41413-VLV evaporative emissions (EVAP) service port vent tool at the service port to allow the system to fill faster.
5. To help locate intermittent leaks using the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST), move all EVAP components while observing smoke with the GE-41413-SPT high intensity white light.
6. Individual components can be isolated and tested using adapters in the GE-41413-300 evaporative emissions EVAP cap and plug kit.
7. A condition may exist where a leak in the EVAP system only exists under a vacuum condition. This type of leak may be detected by using the scan tool Purge/Seal function to create a vacuum in the EVAP system and then observe the FTP parameter for vacuum decay.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH-48096 Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Service Access Port Tool
2. GE-41413-300 Evaporative Emissions EVAP Cap and Plug Kit
3. GE-41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester (EEST)
4. GE-41413-SPT High Intensity White Light
5. J-41413-311 Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Plug
6. J 41413-VLV Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Service Port Vent Tool
7. J-41415-30 Fuel Tank Cap Adapter

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .

Note. Larger volume fuel tanks and/or those with lower fuel levels may require several minutes for the floating indicator to stabilize. Refer to the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission System Diagnosis .

1. Disconnect the purge tube at the quick connector on the EVAP canister side of the Q12 evaporative emission purge solenoid valve. Install the CH-48096 EVAP service access port tool between the disconnected purge tube and the purge solenoid valve. Connect the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) to the service access port tool.
2. Use a scan tool to seal the EVAP system.
3. Use the flow meter on the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST), calibrated to 0.51 mm (0.020 inch) to determine that there is no leak in the EVAP system. If a leak is detected, use the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) to apply smoke to the EVAP system at the purge tube until the leak is located using the GE-41413-SPT high intensity white light.
4. To test for a restriction, connect the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) nitrogen/smoke hose to the to the J-41413-311 evaporative emissions (EVAP) plug brass cone adapter. Disconnect the hose at the fuel cap end of the J-41415-30 fuel tank cap adapter. Connect the J-41413-311 evaporative emissions (EVAP) plug to the disconnected hose on the J-41415-30 fuel tank cap adapter. Install the J-41415-30 fuel tank cap adapter, filler neck end only, to the vehicle.
5. Allow the engine to idle.
6. Use the Purge/Seal function to seal the system with a scan tool.
7. Command the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 30 %.
8. The vacuum/pressure gauge on the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST) and the FTP parameter on the scan tool should both show vacuum. If the vacuum/pressure gauge shows vacuum, but the FTP parameter does not show vacuum, replace the FTP sensor. If neither the FTP parameter nor the vacuum/pressure gauge shows vacuum, repair the restriction in the purge path.
9. Verify that the vacuum increases to the abort limit on the scan tool or more than 3.2 V, and the values are similar between the scan tool and the vacuum/pressure gauge on the GE-41413-A evaporative emissions system tester (EEST). If the values are not similar, or the voltage did not reach 3.2 V, replace the B150 fuel tank pressure sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) , «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU6)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module (ECM) replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

This DTC tests for undesired intake manifold vacuum flow to the evaporative emission (EVAP) system. The control module seals the EVAP system by commanding the EVAP purge solenoid valve OFF and the EVAP vent solenoid valve ON. The engine control module (ECM) monitors the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor to determine if a vacuum is being drawn on the EVAP system. If vacuum in the EVAP system is more than a predetermined value within a predetermined time, this DTC sets.

The following table illustrates the relationship between the ON and OFF states, and the Open or Closed states of the EVAP purge and vent solenoid valves.

1. DTCs P00C8, P00C9, P0068, P16F3, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P160E, P160D, P0191, P0192, P0193, P0222, P0223, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0454, P0502, P0503, P0606, P0722, P0723, P1104, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2135, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 are not set
2. The ignition voltage is between 11-32 V.
3. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa.
4. The fuel level is between 10-90 %.
5. The start-up engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 35°C (95°F).
6. The start-up intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
7. DTC P0496 runs once per cold start for maximum of 17 min.

The control module detects vacuum during a non-purge condition for a predetermined time.

DTC P0496 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0496 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF.
2. Seal the EVAP system using the Purge/Seal function with a scan tool.
3. Start the engine.
4. Observe the FTP sensor with a scan tool. The Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter should be less than 1.7 V after 90 s. If the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter is greater than the specified range, replace the Q12 evaporative emission purge solenoid valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

The throttle actuator control (TAC) motor is controlled by the engine control module (ECM). The DC motor located in the throttle body drives the throttle blade. In order to decrease idle speed, along with spark and fuel delivery changes the ECM commands the throttle closed reducing air flow into the engine and the idle speed decreases. In order to increase idle speed, the ECM commands the throttle plate open allowing more air to pass the throttle plate.

1. DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0171, P0172, P0201-P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300-P0304, P0351-P0354, P0461- P0463, P0496, P0606, P0722, P0723, P1516, P2066-P2068, P2101, P2135 are not set.
2. The engine is operating for at least 60 s.
3. The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (11 psi).
4. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is greater than 60°C (140°F).
5. The system voltage is between 11-32 V.
6. The transmission is not changing gears.
7. The torque converter clutch (TCC) is not changing states.
8. The intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than -20°C (-4°F).
9. The vehicle speed is less than 3 km/h (2 mph).
10. The commanded engine speed is steady within 25 RPM.
11. The engine is idling for greater than 5 s.
12. A scan tool output control is not active.
13. DTC P0506 and P0507 run continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 10 s.

P0506

The actual idle speed is approximately 76 RPM lower than the desired idle speed.

P0507

The actual idle speed is approximately 152 RPM greater than the desired idle speed.

DTCs P0506 and P0507 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0506 and P0507 are Type B DTCs.

1. A stalling condition can cause DTC P0506 to set.
2. An intermittent vehicle speed sensor (VSS) signal can cause DTC P0507 to set.
3. An intermittent clutch pedal position sensor signal, if equipped, can cause DTC P0506 to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify there are no other DTCs set. If any other DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no other DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %. 90 % or greater Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) . If less than 90 %
4. Engine Idling at the normal operating temperature.
5. Verify the actual Engine Speed is not 100 RPM less than the Desired Idle Speed. If 100 RPM less than the Desired Idle Speed Refer to Circuit/System Testing If 100 RPM greater than the Desired Idle Speed
6. Verify the actual Engine Speed is not 200 RPM greater than the Desired Idle Speed. If 200 RPM greater than the Desired Idle Speed Refer to Circuit/System Testing If 200 RPM less than the Desired Idle Speed
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
8. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
9. All OK

Verify none of the following conditions exist

P0506

1. Restricted exhaust
2. Mechanical conditions that limits engine speed
3. Parasitic load on the engine-For example, a transmission condition, a belt driven accessory condition. If a condition is found, repair as necessary.

P0507

1. Vacuum leaks
2. A throttle valve that does not close correctly
3. Verify the correct operation of the crankcase ventilation system. Inspect for the following conditions: The routing of the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) system Vacuum leaks in the PCV system-Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis (Without Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankcase-ventilation-system-inspectiondiagnosis-without-tur) If a condition is found, repair as necessary.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Throttle Body Assembly Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.

This diagnostic applies to internal microprocessor integrity conditions within the engine control module (ECM) and the throttle actuator control (TAC) system. This diagnostic also addresses if the ECM is not programmed.

The ECM monitors its ability to read and write to the memory. It also monitors a timing function. The ECM and the TAC processors are used to monitor the TAC system data. Both processors monitor the other processors data to verify that the indicated APP calculation is correct. The ECM performs an intrusive test in order to confirm that the APP signals are not shorted together. The ECM accomplishes this by pulling the APP sensor 2 low momentarily and looking for sensor 1 to also be pulled low.

P0601, P0604

1. The ignition switch is in Run or Crank.
2. These DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

P0602, P0603, P062F

1. The ignition switch is in ON.
2. These DTCs run once per ignition cycle.

P0606, P0607, P060D

1. The ignition switch is in Run or Crank.
2. The system voltage is more than 6 V.
3. These DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2610

1. The intake air temperature is between -40 to +125°C (-40 to +257°F).
2. DTC P2610 runs once per ignition cycle on ECM power down.

The ECM detects an internal failure or incomplete programming for more than 10 s.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets

1. DTCs P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P060D, and P062F are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P0607 is a Type C DTC.
3. DTC P2610 is a Type B DTC.

1. DTCs P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P060D, and P062F are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P0607 is a Type C DTC.
3. DTC P2610 is a Type B DTC.

Low voltage or a momentary loss of power or ground to the ECM may cause a DTC to set. Verify the following

1. The battery cables are clean and tight, and the battery is fully charged. Refer to «Battery Inspection/Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system) .
2. The ECM ground circuits do not have an open or high resistance.
3. The ECM power circuits do not have an open, short to ground, or high resistance.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610 should not set.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Clear the DTC information with a scan tool. Observe the scan tool DTC information. Verify that DTC P0602 is not set. If DTC P0602 is set, reprogram the K20 ECM. Refer to «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) . If DTC P0602 resets, replace the K20 ECM.
2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify DTC P0601, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610 does not set. If a DTC failed this ignition, replace the K20 ECM.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) has 2 internal 5 V reference circuits. Each internal reference circuit provides 5 V reference for more than one sensor. A short to ground or short to voltage on one external 5 V reference circuit can affect all the components connected to the same internal 5 V reference circuit.

1. Reduced engine power is not active.
2. The ignition voltage is more than 6 V.
3. DTCs P0641 and P0651 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects a voltage out of range condition on the 5 V reference 1 or 2 circuit for more than 0.5 s.

DTCs P0641 and P0651 are Type A DTCs.

DTCs P0641 and P0651 are Type A DTCs.

The 5 V reference 1 circuit provides 5 V to the following sensors

1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
2. Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor
3. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 2
4. Air conditioning (A/C) refrigerant pressure sensor
5. Exhaust camshaft position sensor
6. Intake camshaft position sensor

The 5 V reference 2 circuit provides 5 V to the following sensors

1. APP sensor 1
2. Throttle position sensor 1 and 2
3. Crankshaft position sensor
4. Air injector reactor (AIR) pressure sensor, if equipped

It may be possible to locate the fault by disconnecting one component at a time from the 5 V reference circuit while viewing the 5 V Reference circuit parameter on the scan tool. The scan tool parameter would change from Fault to OK when the source of the fault is disconnected.

If all 5 V reference components have been disconnected and a Fault is still indicated, the fault may exist in the wiring harness.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, observe the 5 V Reference 1 and 2 parameters. The scan tool should display 4.8-5.2 V for a normally operating system.
2. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTCs P0641 and P0651 should not set.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector of all appropriate sensors for the applicable DTC.
2. Ignition ON, measure for 4.8-5.2 V between one of the 5 V reference circuits and ground. If the voltage is less than the specified value, test for a short to ground on the 5 V reference circuit for each affected component. If all circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM. If the voltage is greater than the specified value, test for a short to voltage on the 5 V reference circuit for each affected component. If all circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
3. Connect each component associated with the 5 V reference circuit, one at a time, while monitoring the appropriate scan tool 5 V Reference Voltage parameter. Verify the voltage remains between 4.8-5.2 V. If not within the specified range when a component is connected, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If all circuits test normal, replace the component.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/automatic-hvac-system/#heating-ventilation-and-air-conditioning)
3. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
4. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
5. «Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
6. «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU5 or NT7)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) , «Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (NU6)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
7. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
8. «Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
9. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
10. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates to inform the driver that an emission system fault has occurred and that the engine control system requires service. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the MIL and, when the emission system fault occurs, the engine control module (ECM) turns the MIL ON by grounding the MIL control circuit. Under normal operating conditions, the MIL should be ON only when the ignition is ON and the engine is OFF.

1. The ignition voltage is between 10-32 V.
2. The ECM has commanded the MIL ON at least once.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.

DTC P0650 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0650 is a Type B DTC.

If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors with the ignition ON and the engine OFF, and with the engine operating while monitoring the scan tool MIL control circuit status parameters. The MIL control circuit status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Schematic Reference

1. «Engine Controls Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-wiring-schematic-diagrams)
2. «Instrument Cluster Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool. The MIL should turn ON and OFF as commanded.
2. Command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
3. Engine running, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 ECM.
2. Ignition ON, the MIL should not illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, test the MIL control circuit terminal 27-X1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument cluster.
3. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the MIL control circuit terminal 27-X1 and ground. The MIL should illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, replace the K20 ECM. If the MIL does not illuminate, test the MIL control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the MIL control circuit tests normal, test the instrument cluster ignition voltage circuit for a short to ground or open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument panel cluster/bulb.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
2. «Instrument Cluster Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Powertrain Relay

Run/Crank Relay

EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Open, Short Gnd, Short Volts Test Status - Component Commanded OFF

EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Open, Short Gnd, Short Volts Test Status - Component Commanded ON

There are 2 ignition voltage circuits supplied to the engine control module (ECM). One is supplied by the powertrain relay and the other is supplied by the Run/Crank relay. The ECM monitors and compares the ignition voltage supplied by the 2 relays.

P0685

1. The ignition is ON.
2. Ignition 1 signal voltage is between 11-32 V.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0690

1. P0685 is not set.
2. The powertrain relay is commanded on.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P1682

1. The powertrain relay is commanded on.
2. Ignition 1 Signal voltage is greater than 5.5 V.
3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0685

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 2 s.

P0690

1. The ECM detects the engine controls ignition relay feedback circuit is greater than 2 V when the relay is commanded OFF.
2. The ECM detects the engine controls ignition relay feedback circuit is greater than 18 V when the relay is commanded ON.
3. The condition is present for greater than 2 s.

P1682

The ECM detects that the voltage level difference is greater than 3 V between the 2 ignition voltage circuits for less than 1 s.

1. DTCs P0685 and P0690 are Type B DTCs.
2. DTC P1682 is a Type A DTC.

1. DTCs P0685 and P0690 are Type B DTCs.
2. DTC P1682 is a Type A DTC.

Schematic Reference

1. «Engine Controls Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-wiring-schematic-diagrams)
2. «Power Distribution Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-wiring-schematics-and-wiring-harness-routing-diagrams)

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Electrical Center Identification Views»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-electrical-center-identification-views)
4. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
5. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, command the EC Ignition Relay ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following EC Ignition Relay control circuit status parameters: EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Short Gnd Test Status EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Open Test Status EC Ignition Relay Control Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run in each commanded state.
2. Ignition ON, view the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC P0685, P0690, or P1682 should not set.
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing unless sent here from Engine Cranks But Does Not Run.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the KR75 powertrain relay.
2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between ground and the relay circuit terminals listed below: Terminal 86 Terminal 87 If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the relay battery voltage circuit for an open/high resistance.
3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 30 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates, test the ignition voltage circuit for a short to voltage.
4. Connect a 20 A fused jumper wire between the relay switch B+ circuit terminal 87 and the relay switch ignition voltage circuit terminal 30.
5. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool EC Ignition Relay Feedback Signal parameter. The ECM should communicate, and the parameter should display B+. If not the specified value, or the ECM does not communicate, test the ignition voltage circuit between the powertrain relay and the ECM for a short to ground or for an open/high resistance. If the circuit/connections test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
6. Ignition OFF, connect a DMM set to the diode setting between control circuit terminal 85 and ground. Verify the DMM displays OL. If not the specified value, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
7. Ignition ON, verify the DMM displays less than 1 V. If not the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
8. If all circuits test normal, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.

1. Test for one of the following resistance specifications between terminals 85 and 86 of the KR75 powertrain relay: 70-110 ohms 200-250 ohms If not within the specified range, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the following terminals of the KR75 powertrain relay: 30 and 86 30 and 87 30 and 85 85 and 87 If not the specified value, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.
3. Install a 20 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and 12 V. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 30 and 87. If greater than the specified range, replace the KR75 powertrain relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.

Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0700 is an informational DTC that indicates that an emission related transmission DTC has set in the transmission control module (TCM). The engine control module (ECM) turns ON the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) when the TCM sends a message over the serial data circuit requesting MIL illumination. The DTC information for the ECM will only display DTC P0700, and the ECM Freeze Frame/Failure Records data will display the engine operating conditions that were present when the transmission DTC was set. The TCM Freeze Frame/Failure records data is available from the DTC that was set in the TCM.

1. The ignition is ON or the engine is operating.
2. DTC P0700 runs continuously.

The ECM receives a serial data message from the TCM requesting the ECM to turn ON the MIL.

DTC P0700 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P0700 is a Type A DTC.

Communication codes, U-codes, as well as powertrain codes, P-codes, set in the TCM can cause the TCM to request DTC P0700 to be set in the ECM.

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Verify that there are no engine controls or communication DTCs set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for diagnosis of engine control or communications DTCs. If a DTC is not set
2. Verify that there are no transmission control module DTCs set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for diagnosis of transmission control module DTCs. If a DTC is not set
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance diagnostic detects a rich or a lean cylinder-to-cylinder air/fuel ratio imbalance. The diagnostic monitors the pre-catalyst heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal's frequency and amplitude characteristics by calculating an accumulated voltage over a predetermined sample period. An imbalance is indicated when multiple samples of the accumulated voltage are consistently higher than the desired value.

1. DTCs P0053, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0201-P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301-P0304, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0496, P0606, P1133, P1516, P2101, P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2A00 are not set.
2. The device control is not active.
3. The intrusive diagnostics are not active.
4. The engine overspeed protection is not active.
5. The traction control is not active.
6. Reduced engine power is not active.
7. The engine is in Closed Loop status.
8. The system voltage is between 10-32 V for greater than 4 s.
9. The engine run time is greater than 50 seconds.
10. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is warmer than -20°C (-4°F).
11. The engine speed is between 500-4, 000 RPM.
12. The mass air flow is between 5-600 g/s.
13. This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Multiple samples of the pre-catalyst HO2S accumulated voltage are consistently higher than the desired value.

DTC P1174 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P1174 is a Type B DTC.

1. The Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance diagnostic is very sensitive to HO2S design. A non-OE sensor or an incorrect part number may cause a DTC to set.
2. Monitoring the misfire current counters, or misfire graph, may help to isolate the cylinder that is causing the condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Read and record the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data taking note of the speed and load at which the DTC set.
2. Diagnose any other DTCs that are set. Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
3. With the engine idling and the transmission in the Park or Neutral position, observe the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor parameter. The MAP sensor parameter should be between 19-42 kPa. If the MAP sensor parameter is not between 19-42 kPa, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Inspect the air induction system for modified, damaged, leaking, or restricted components.
5. Inspect the crankcase ventilation system for improper operation. Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis (Without Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankcase-ventilation-system-inspectiondiagnosis-without-tur) .
6. Inspect the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and improper connections.
7. Inspect for vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, the throttle body, and the injector O-rings.
8. Test for a restricted, damaged, leaking, or modified exhaust system from the catalytic converter forward. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust) .
9. Test the fuel injectors for improper operation. Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
10. Test for fuel contamination. Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
11. Test for excessive fuel in the crankcase due to leaking injectors.
12. Test the ignition system for improper operation. Refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
13. Test the engine for any mechanical conditions such as sticking valves, lifters, etc., which could alter the flow into the combustion chamber. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure. Verify the repair under the same speed and load as noted in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data recorded during testing.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The ignition system on this engine uses an individual module/coil for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) monitors the ignition voltage from the fuse of each bank of coils to the ECM. The ECM uses this information to determine if the misfire is ignition coil voltage related.

1. The ignition is ON.
2. The ignition module supply voltage is less than 2.5 V.
3. The DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

The ECM detects a fault in an ignition coil control circuit for 50 out of 63 samples. Each sample runs on a 6.25 ms loop.

DTC P135A is a Type A DTC.

DTC P135A is a Type A DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

1. «Electronic Ignition System Description»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-description-and-operation)
2. «Engine Control Module Description»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-description-and-operation__engine-control-module-description)

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (2.4L) , Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (3.6L) for scan tool information

With the ignition ON, observe the Ignition Coil Supply Voltage Bank 1 parameter for each cylinder.

The parameter should display ON.

Note. The ignition circuit supplies voltage to other components. Make sure you test all circuits for a short to ground or test all components for being shorted that share the ignition circuit.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate T8 ignition coil.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal D and ground of each T8 ignition coil. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, with the ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at each T8 ignition coil and monitor the fuse while individually connecting each T8 ignition coil. If the fuse opens, replace the appropriate T8 ignition coil.
3. Ignition OFF, disconnect the K20 ECM harness connector X1.
4. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the X1 67 ignition voltage circuit and ground. The test lamp should illuminate on each circuit. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for an open/high resistance.
5. If all circuits/connections test normal, replace the K20 ECM.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Ignition Coil Replacement (LE5, LE9, or LAF)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for K20 ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The catalytic converter must be warmed to efficiently reduce the emissions. The cold start strategy is to reduce the amount of time it takes to warm the catalytic converter. During a cold start, the engine idle speed is elevated and spark timing is retarded to allow the catalyst to warm quickly. This diagnostic monitors the following to build an exhaust energy model

1. Engine speed
2. Spark advance
3. Throttle position
4. Engine airflow
5. Engine coolant temperature
6. Engine run time
7. Park/Neutral position
8. Vehicle speed

The actual model is then compared to the expected exhaust energy model.

1. The engine is running, and a cold start has been detected.
2. The vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h (1 mph).
3. The catalyst temperature is greater than 1, 000°C (1, 832°F).
4. The coolant temperature is greater than 56°C (133°F).
5. The engine run time is greater than 18 s.
6. The engine is at idle with no input from the accelerator pedal for greater than 5 s.
7. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0300, P0335, P0336, P0351, P0352, P0353, P0506, P0507, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P0641, P0651, P1516, P1682, P2101, P2119, P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2610 are not set.
8. This DTC runs within 15 seconds within the first 2 minutes of start-up. This diagnostic runs once per trip when a cold start has been determined.

The actual exhaust energy model does not match the expected exhaust energy model.

DTC P1400 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P1400 is a Type A DTC.

Any loading of the engine that lowers engine RPM, such as partial application of the clutch, A/C cycling, etc. during the first 120 seconds of the engine run time may set this DTC.

1. Allow the engine to cool until the catalyst temperature is less than 500°C (932°F) and the engine coolant is greater than -10°C (+14°F).
2. Idle the engine for greater than 2 minutes.
3. Observe the scan tool DTC information. DTC P1400 should not set.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Inspect the air intake system for the following: Modified, damaged, or restricted Dirty or deteriorating air filter element Crankcase ventilation system for correct operation. Water intrusion Vacuum leak and other unmetered air downstream of the MAF sensor Intake manifold leak
2. Inspect the exhaust system for the following: Water intrusion Exhaust leak Damaged, restricted, modified or enhanced exhaust system.
3. Inspect the engine mechanical for items that could alter the air flow into the combustion chamber.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) controls the throttle valve by applying a varying voltage to the control circuits of the throttle actuator control (TAC) motor. The ECM monitors the duty cycle that is required to actuate the throttle valve. The ECM monitors the throttle position (TP) sensors 1 and 2 to determine the actual throttle valve position.

P1516 or P2101

1. DTC P0606 and P1682 is not set.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
3. The engine is running or the following conditions are met: The engine is not running. The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V. The TAC system is not in the Battery Saver mode. The ECM is commanding the throttle. The ECM has learned the minimum throttle position.
4. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2119

1. The ignition is ON.
2. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
3. DTC P2119 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2176

1. DTCs P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P1682 is not set.
2. The ignition is ON.
3. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
4. The ECM enable the minimum throttle learn procedure.
5. DTC P2176 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P1516

The ECM detects the actual throttle position does not match the predicted throttle position for greater than 1 s.

P2101

The ECM detects the actual throttle position does not match the predicted throttle position for greater than 1 s.

P2119

The ECM detects the throttle blade did not return to the default position when the TAC motor is de-energized for greater than 1 s.

P2176

The ECM detects that both throttle position (TP) sensors were greater than a predetermined voltage during the minimum throttle learn procedure for greater than 2 s.

P1516, P2101, and P2176

1. DTCs P1516, P2101, and P2176 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P2119 is a Type C DTC.
3. The control module commands the TAC system to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
4. A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
5. Under certain conditions, the control module commands the engine OFF.

1. DTCs P1516, P2101, and P2176 are Type A DTCs.
2. DTC P2119 is a Type C DTC.

1. Inspect for a condition in which the throttle valve may have been held open. For example, ice may have formed in the throttle bore causing the throttle valve not to close.
2. A high resistance condition on the throttle position and throttle actuator control circuits could cause a DTC to set.
3. A low battery condition may cause a DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0562, P0621, P0622, or P2135 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool TB Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %. 90 % or greater Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) . If less than 90 %
4. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
5. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
6. Ignition ON.
7. Verify the scan tool TAC Motor parameter displays Enabled. If Disabled Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Enabled
8. Verify DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to Circuit/System Testing If none of the DTCs are set
9. Verify the scan tool TAC Motor parameter displays Enabled while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool. If Disabled NOTE: Before replacing the throttle body assembly, make sure the TAC motor control circuits are not shorted to B+. Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly. If Enabled
10. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
11. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
12. All OK

1. Ignition OFF.
2. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the Q38 throttle body assembly: A throttle blade that is not in the rest position A throttle blade that is binding open or closed A throttle blade that is free to move open or closed without spring pressure If a condition is found Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly. If a condition is not found
3. Ignition OFF.
4. Disconnect the harness connector at the Q38 throttle body assembly, ignition ON.
5. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate continuously between each motor control circuit listed below and ground. TAC Motor Control Closed circuit terminal A TAC Motor Control Open circuit terminal B If the test lamp illuminates continuously Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If the test lamp is always OFF
6. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between each motor control circuit listed below and B+. TAC Motor Control Closed circuit terminal A TAC Motor Control Open circuit terminal B If the test lamp illuminates Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K20 engine control module. If the test lamp is always OFF
7. Ignition OFF, set the DMM to the 40 V scale, select the Min/Max Recording Mode, and set the Peak Min/Max response time to 1 ms.
8. Verify the Max voltage is within 3 V of B+ while using DMM Min/Max Recording Mode function on each control circuit listed below as the ignition is turned ON. TAC Motor Control Closed circuit terminal A TAC Motor Control Open circuit terminal B If not within 3 V of B+ Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If within 3 V of B+
9. Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly.

1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Ignition OFF.
2. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
3. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.
4. Ignition ON.
5. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
6. Turn the ignition OFF for 60 s.
7. Ignition ON.
8. Verify the scan tool TAC Motor parameter displays Enabled while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool. If Disabled Test or replace the Q38 throttle body assembly. If Enabled
9. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If any DTC sets Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no DTCs set
10. All OK

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

APP Sensor 1

APP Sensor 2

The accelerator pedal assembly contains 2 accelerator pedal position (APP) sensors. The APP sensors are mounted to the accelerator pedal assembly and are not serviceable. The APP sensors provide a signal voltage that changes relative to pedal position. The engine control module (ECM) supplies each APP sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and a signal circuit.

P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128

1. DTC P0641 and P0651 are not set.
2. The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
3. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
4. DTC 2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2138

1. DTC P0641, P0651, P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, and P2128 are not set.
2. The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
3. The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.0 V and reduced power is not active.
4. DTC P2138 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2120

The ECM detects the APP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.46 V or greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P2122

The ECM detects the APP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.46 V for greater than 1 s.

P2123

The ECM detects the APP sensor 1 voltage is greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P2125

The ECM detects the APP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.32 V, or greater than 2.6 V for greater than 1 s.

P2127

The ECM detects the APP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.32 V for greater than 1 s.

P2128

The ECM detects the APP sensor 2 voltage is greater than 2.6 V for greater than 1 s.

P2138

The ECM detects the voltage difference between APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2 exceeds a predetermined value for greater than 1 s.

1. DTCs P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, and P2138 are Type A DTCs.
2. The control module commands the TAC system to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
3. A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
4. Under certain conditions the control module commands the engine OFF.

DTCs P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, and P2138 are Type A DTCs.

A high resistance condition on the accelerator pedal sensor circuits could cause a DTC to set.

Ensure that the in-line harness connector seals are installed correctly. Improper installation could result in water intrusion into the connector and cause a DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «DTC P0641 or P0651»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis. If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool APP Sensor 1 voltage parameter is between 0.46-4.75 V and changes with accelerator pedal input. If not between 0.46-4.75 V or does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing If between 0.46-4.75 V and changes
4. Verify the scan tool APP Sensor 2 voltage parameter is between 0.32-2.6 V and changes with accelerator pedal input. If not between 0.32-2.6 V or does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing If between 0.32-2.6 V and changes
5. Verify the scan tool APP Sensor 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the tests listed below: Rapidly depress the accelerator pedal from the rest position to the wide open throttle position (WOT) and release pedal. Repeat the procedure several times. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to WOT and then slowly return the pedal to closed throttle. Repeat the procedure several times. If Disagree Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Agree
6. Verify that DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to Circuit/System Testing If none of the DTCs set
7. Clear the DTCs with the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC, or within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records.
8. Ignition ON.
9. Verify DTC P2120 or P2125 are not the only APP sensor DTCs set. If DTC P2120 or P2125 are the only DTCs set Replace the engine control module. If DTC P2120 or P2125 are not set
10. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
11. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If the DTC does not set
12. All OK

1. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B107 accelerator pedal position sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate low reference circuit terminal listed below and ground. APP sensor 1 low reference circuit terminal D APP sensor 2 low reference circuit terminal A If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If less than 5 ohms
3. Ignition ON.
4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the appropriate 5 V reference circuit terminal listed below and ground. APP sensor 1 5 V reference circuit terminal F APP sensor 2 5 V reference circuit terminal C If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
5. Verify the scan tool APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2 voltage parameters are less than 0.3 V. If 0.3 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal listed below and ground. APP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal E APP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal B If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module. If less than 0.3 V
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and the 5 V reference circuit terminal C. APP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal E APP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal B
7. Verify the scan tool APP sensor 1 or APP sensor 2 voltage parameter is greater than 4.8 V. If 4.8 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 engine control module. If greater than 4.8 V
8. Test or replace the B107 accelerator pedal position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

1. «Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

AIR Pressure Sensor

The secondary air injection system aids in the reduction of hydrocarbon emissions during a cold start. The electric air pump forces fresh air into the exhaust stream in order to accelerate the catalyst operation. A secondary air injection pressure sensor is used to monitor the air flow from the secondary air injection pump. The ECM supplies voltage to the 5-volt reference circuit and supplies a ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor provides a signal voltage to the ECM relative to the pressure changes within the secondary air injection system.

DTC P2430

1. DTC P0411, P0412, P0418, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P0641, or P0651 is not set.
2. Greater than 60 min has elapsed since the last cold start.
3. The Barometric Pressure (BARO) is greater than 60 kPa (8.7 psi).
4. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is warmer than -11°C (12°F).
5. The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is between -11 to +60°C (12-140°F).
6. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 V.
7. The Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor is greater than 20 kPa (2.9 psi).
8. The engine speed is less than 5, 000 RPM.
9. The Mass Air Flow (MAF) is less than 50 g/s.
10. The secondary air injection pump is commanded ON.
11. DTC P2430 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

DTC P2431

1. DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0411, P0412, P0418, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P0641, or P0651 is not set.
2. The Barometric Pressure (BARO) is greater than 60 kPa (8.7 psi).
3. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is warmer than -11°C (12°F).
4. The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is between -11 to +60°C (12-140°F).
5. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 V.
6. The Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor is greater than 20 kPa (2.9 psi).
7. The engine speed is less than 5, 000 RPM.
8. The Mass Air Flow (MAF) is less than 50 g/s.
9. Greater than 60 minutes has elapsed since the last cold start.
10. DTC P2431 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2432 and P2433

1. DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P0641, or P0651 is not set.
2. The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
3. DTC P2432 and P2433 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2430

The ECM determines that the pressure sensor value change is less than a calibrated value.

P2431

1. The ECM determines that the difference between the secondary air injection pressure sensor and the BARO sensor signal is greater than 10 kPa (1.5 psi) when the secondary air injection pump is commanded OFF. OR
2. The ECM determines that the difference between the secondary air injection pressure sensor and the BARO sensor signal is greater than 50 kPa (21.8 psi) when the secondary air injection pump is commanded ON.

DTC P2432

The Secondary Air Pressure sensor signal is less than 0.2 V for greater than 12 s.

DTC P2433

The Secondary Air Pressure sensor signal is greater than 4.8 V for greater than 12 s.

DTCs P2430, P2431, P2432 and P2433 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P2430, P2431, P2432 and P2433 are Type B DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Secondary Air Injection System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify that DTC P0651 is not set. If DTC P0651 is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
2. Compare the scan tool BARO pressure parameter to the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. The BARO should be within the specified range displayed in the table for the specific altitude. If not within the specified range, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for further diagnosis.
3. Compare the scan tool Air Pressure Sensor pressure parameter to the BARO reading. The readings should be within 3 kPa (0.4 psi).
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Secondary Air Injection Pressure Sensor.
2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Verify the scan tool Secondary Air Injection Pressure Sensor voltage parameter is less than 0.5 V. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 2 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 2 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1. Verify the scan tool Secondary Air Injection Pressure Sensor voltage parameter is greater than 4.8 V. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the Secondary Air Injection Pressure sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The secondary air injection system aids in the reduction of hydrocarbon emissions during a cold start. The electric air pump forces fresh air into the exhaust stream in order to accelerate the catalyst operation. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the secondary air injection pump relay and secondary air solenoid valve relay. The ECM controls the relays by grounding the control circuit with a solid state device called a driver. The ECM monitors the control circuits for open, short to ground or short to voltage conditions.

1. DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0300, P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0411, P0412, P0418, P0420, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P0641, P0651, or P2101 is not set.
2. Greater than 60 min has elapsed since the last cold start.
3. The Barometric Pressure (BARO) is greater than 60 kPa (8.7 psi).
4. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is warmer than -11°C (12°F).
5. The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is between -11 to +60°C (12-140°F).
6. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 V.
7. The Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor is greater than 20 kPa (2.9 psi).
8. The engine speed is less than 5, 000 RPM.
9. The Mass Air Flow (MAF) is less than 50 g/s.
10. The secondary air injection system is commanded ON.
11. The DTC runs continuously once the above conditions are met for greater than 5 s.

The ECM detects that the Secondary Air System pressure is less than expected for greater than 8 s.

DTC P2440 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P2440 is a Type B DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Secondary Air Injection System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, compare the scan tool AIR Pressure Sensor pressure parameter to the BARO reading. The readings should be within 3 kPa (0.4 psi).
2. Command the AIR Pump Relay ON and OFF with a scan tool. You should hear or feel a click as the relay is commanded ON and OFF.
3. Command the AIR Solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool. Listen or feel for Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve operation. The solenoid valve should respond to the scan tool commands. Repeat as necessary in order to verify solenoid valve operation.
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve.
2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 4 and ground. If greater than the specified range, repair the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
3. Connect a test lamp between the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve ignition voltage circuit terminal 5 and ground.
4. Ignition ON, command the AIR Solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool. The test lamp should respond to the scan tool commands. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground, or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve relay. If the test lamp is always ON, test the ignition circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve relay.
5. Disconnect the air intake hose/pipe from the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve.
6. Ignition ON, command the AIR Pump ON with a scan tool. Verify airflow to the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve. If there is limited or no airflow to the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, inspect for the following: Hoses/pipes for a restriction or blockage Hoses/pipes for being disconnected The Secondary Air Injection Pump ground circuit for high resistance The Secondary Air Injection Pump ignition voltage circuit for high resistance If a condition is located, repair as necessary. If a condition is not located, and the Secondary Air Injection Pump operates with no pressure change, replace the Secondary Air Injection Pump.
7. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 10-15 ohms between terminals 4 and 5. If not within the specified range, replace the Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
2. «Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Pipe Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__secondary-air-injection-check-valve-pipe)
3. «Secondary Air Injection Pump Hose Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
4. «Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
5. «Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
6. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The secondary air injection system aids in the reduction of hydrocarbon emissions during a cold start. The electric air pump forces fresh air into the exhaust stream in order to accelerate the catalyst operation. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the secondary air injection pump relay and secondary air solenoid valve relay. The ECM controls the relays by grounding the control circuit with a solid state device called a driver. The ECM monitors the control circuits for open, short to ground or short to voltage conditions.

1. DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0300, P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0411, P0412, P0418, P0420, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P062F, P0641, P0651, or P2101 is not set.
2. Greater than 60 min has elapsed since the last cold start.
3. The Barometric Pressure (BARO) is greater than 60 kPa (8.7 psi).
4. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is warmer than -11°C (12°F).
5. The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is between -11 to +60°C (12-140°F).
6. The ignition voltage is between 10-18 V.
7. The Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor is greater than 20 kPa (2.9 psi).
8. The engine speed is less than 5, 000 RPM.
9. The Mass Air Flow (MAF) is less than 50 g/s.
10. The secondary air injection system is commanded ON.
11. The DTC runs continuously once the above conditions are met for greater than 2 s.

The ECM detects that the Secondary Air System pressure is greater than expected for greater than 5 s.

DTC P2444 is a Type A DTC.

DTC P2444 is a Type A DTC.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Secondary Air Injection System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, compare the scan tool AIR Pressure Sensor pressure parameter to the BARO reading. The readings should be within 3 kPa (0.4 psi).
2. Command the AIR Pump Relay ON and OFF with a scan tool. You should hear and feel a click as the relay is commanded ON and OFF.
3. Command the AIR Solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool. Listen and feel for Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve operation. The solenoid valve should respond to the scan tool commands. Repeat as necessary in order to verify solenoid valve operation.
4. Ignition ON, command the AIR Pump Relay ON and OFF with a scan tool. The Secondary Air Injection Pump should respond to the scan tool commands.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Secondary Air Injection Pump.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the Secondary Air Injection Pump ignition voltage circuit terminal A and ground. If the test lamp illuminates, test the ignition circuit for a short to voltage.
3. If the circuit tests normal replace the Secondary Air Injection Pump relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center) , Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for a overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

To improve shift feel, the transmission control module (TCM) is constantly sending the engine control module (ECM) serial data messages with information regarding it's request for modifying engine speed or torque. The serial data messages are sent through two circuits which are part of a communication network called the controller area network (CAN). The ECM sets DTC P2544 when it detects a discrepancy in the structure of the message causing the integrity of the message to be questioned.

An intermittent fault in the CAN circuits will cause the ECM to set DTC P2544.

1. The engine run time is greater than 0.5 s.
2. No other CAN errors are present.

The ECM detects that the engine speed and torque modification messages from the TCM are either corrupted or intermittently missing for greater than 4 s.

1. DTC P2544 is a Type B DTC.
2. The TCM commands maximum line pressure during shifts, which results in harsh shifts.
3. The TCM freezes adaptive functions.

DTC P2544 is a Type B DTC.

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Note. DTC P2544 is an informational DTC. Diagnose all other engine control module DTCs prior to DTC P2544.

1. Verify there are no other engine control module or communication DTCs set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) If a DTC is not set
2. Complete the diagnosis by looking for an intermittent CAN circuit fault. Refer to «Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#data-communications-system) . If an intermittent CAN circuit fault is found Repair as necessary. If an intermittent CAN circuit fault is not found
3. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for TCM replacement, setup, and programming.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.

Symptoms Description

Symptoms covers conditions that are not covered by DTCs. Certain conditions can cause multiple symptoms. These conditions are listed together under Symptoms Testing. Conditions that may only cause specific symptoms are listed separately under Additional Symptoms Testing. Perform the Symptoms Testing before using the Additional Symptoms Testing.

Symptoms Verification

Before using the Symptom tables, perform the following inspections

1. Ensure that the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is operating correctly. Use the scan tool to command the lamp ON and OFF.
2. Ensure that there are no DTCs that are stored.
3. Ensure that the scan tool data is within a normal operating range. Refer to «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for scan tool information.
4. Verify the customer concern.
5. Perform the Visual/Physical Inspection in this service information. The visual/physical inspection is extremely important, and can lead to correcting a condition without additional testing. It may also help reveal the cause of an intermittent condition.

Identifying Intermittent Conditions

Many intermittent conditions occur with harness or connector movement due to engine torque, rough pavement, vibration or physical movements of a component. Refer to the following for a list of issues that may cause an intermittent condition

1. Moisture and water intrusion in connectors, terminals, and components
2. Incomplete connector mating
3. Poor terminal contact
4. High circuit or component resistance-High resistance can include any resistance, regardless of the amount, which can interrupt the operation of the component.
5. Harness that is too short or tight
6. Wire insulation that is chaffed or cut
7. High or low ambient temperature
8. High or low engine coolant temperatures
9. High underhood temperatures
10. Heat build up in component or circuit due to circuit resistance, poor terminal contact, or high electrical load
11. High or low system voltage
12. High vehicle load conditions
13. Rough road surfaces
14. Electro-magnetic interference (EMI)/circuit interference from relays, solenoids or other electrical surge
15. Incorrect installation of aftermarket, add on accessories

Visual/Physical Check

1. Ensure that the control module grounds are clean, tight, and correctly located.
2. Ensure that the vacuum hoses are not split or kinked, and are properly connected, as shown on the Vehicle Emission Control Information label.
3. Ensure that the air filter is clean and free from restrictions.
4. Ensure that there is no water intrusion in connectors terminals and components.
5. Inspect the air intake ducts for the following conditions: Collapsed Damaged areas Looseness Incorrect installation Leaking
6. Inspect for air leaks at the throttle body mounting area, the mass air flow (MAF) sensor and intake manifold sealing surfaces.
7. Inspect the wiring harness for the following conditions: Poor connections Pinches Cuts
8. Inspect for loose, damaged, unseated, or missing sensors/components.
9. Inspect the terminals for corrosion and correct contact.

Symptoms Testing

Backfire, Cuts Out/Misses, Detonation/Spark Knock, Dieseling/Run-On, Hard Start, Hesitation/Sag/Stumble, Lack of Power/Sluggishness/Sponginess, Poor Fuel Economy, Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling, or Surges/Chuggles

1. Test the fuel system for the following: The fuel system for correct operation and pressure-Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . The fuel injectors for proper operation-Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . The fuel quality condition-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . For vehicles which are E85 compatible, you may also refer to «Fuel Composition Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Test the ignition system for the following: Spark plugs for incorrect heat range or an abnormal condition-Refer to «Spark Plug Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__spark-plug-inspection) , and «Ignition System Specifications»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__ignition-system-specifications) . For diagnosis of coolant or oil fouled spark plugs-Refer to «Coolant in Combustion Chamber»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__coolant-in-combustion-chamber) , or «Oil Consumption Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__oil-consumption-diagnosis) . Wet down the secondary ignition system with water from a spray bottle-Wetting down the secondary ignition system may help locate damaged or deteriorated components. Look/listen for arcing or misfiring as the water is applied. Weak spark using the J 26792 Spark Tester -Refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. Inspect for the following conditions: The proper operation of the transmission torque converter clutch (TCC) - The scan tool should indicate an engine speed drop when the TCC is commanded ON. For Non-Hybrid equipped vehicles, refer to «Torque Converter Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6t40-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . The proper operation of the A/C compressor An engine that runs lean or rich-Observe the Fuel Trim parameters with a scan tool. Refer to «DTC P0171 or P0172»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Inspect the heated oxygen sensors (HO2S). The HO2S should respond quickly to different throttle positions. CAUTION: Refer to «Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Caution»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#dangers-warnings-and-cautions__heated-oxygen-and-oxygen-sensor-caution) . Water intrusion in the HO2S connector NOTE: The embossed arrows on the mass air flow (MAF) sensor indicate the direction of the intake air flow. The arrows must point toward the engine. Inspect the MAF sensor installation. A MAF sensor that is incorrectly installed may cause a hard start. Install the MAF in the proper direction. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) . Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor connections. Engine oil contaminated by fuel Vacuum hoses for splits or kinks-Verify that the routing and connections are as shown on the Vehicle Emission Control Information label. Knock sensor system for excessive spark retard activity-Observe the Knock Retard parameter on the scan tool for activity more than 0°.
4. The exhaust system components for the following: Physical damage or possible internal failure The three-way catalytic converters for a restriction For more information, refer to «Symptoms - Engine Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__symptoms-engine-exhaust) .
5. Electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the reference circuit can cause a misfire condition. You can usually detect EMI with a scan tool by monitoring the engine speed parameter. A sudden increase in the engine speed parameter with little change in actual engine speed indicates that EMI is present. Inspect the high voltage components near the ignition control circuit if a condition exists.
6. The crankcase ventilation valve for proper operation-Refer to «Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis (Without Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankcase-ventilation-system-inspectiondiagnosis-without-tur) .
7. Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge solenoid that is stuck open
8. The engine cooling system for the following conditions: The thermostat is the correct heat range. Refer to «Thermostat Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) . Proper engine coolant level-If the level is low, refer to «Loss of Coolant»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__loss-of-coolant) .
9. The crankshaft position sensor for an intermittent condition-Observe the scan tool CKP Resync Counter parameter. The Resync Counter parameter should remain at 0 during all operating conditions, and when moving the related harnesses and connectors between the crankshaft position sensor and the ECM.
10. Inspect the engine for the following mechanical failures: Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) . Excessive oil in the combustion chamber or leaking valve seals Oil Consumption Incorrect cylinder compression Sticking or leaking valves Worn camshaft lobes Incorrect valve timing Worn rocker arms Broken valve springs Excessive carbon buildup in the combustion chambers-Clean the chambers with top engine cleaner. Follow the instructions on the can. Incorrect engine parts
11. If the above conditions do not address the symptom, refer to the additional symptoms tests.

Additional Symptoms Tests

Hard Start With RPO LE5 or LE9

1. Observe the TB Idle Airflow Compensation parameter with a scan tool. A value greater than 80 % may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) .
2. Test the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor. Compare the ECT sensor value to the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor value on a cold engine. The ECT and IAT sensor values should be within ± 3°C (5°F). If the ECT sensor is out of range with the IAT sensor, test the resistance of the ECT sensor. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) , for resistance specifications. Replace the ECT sensor if the resistance is not within specification. Refer to «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) . If the sensor is within the specification, test the ECT sensor circuits for high resistance.
3. Test the fuel pump relay operation. The fuel pump should turn ON for 2 s when the ignition is turned ON. Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Inspect for excessive crankshaft endplay that will cause the crankshaft position sensor reluctor wheel to move out of alignment with the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankshaft-and-bearing-cleaning-and-inspection) .

Hard Start With RPO LAT

1. Inspect the throttle body for an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) .
2. Test the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor. Compare the ECT sensor value to the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor value on a cold engine. The ECT and IAT sensor values should be within 3°C (5°F). If the ECT sensor is out of range with the IAT sensor, test the resistance of the ECT sensor. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) , for resistance specifications. Replace the ECT sensor if the resistance is not within specification. Refer to «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) . If the sensor is within the specifications, test the ECT sensor circuits for high resistance.
3. Test the fuel pump relay operation. The fuel pump should turn ON for 2 s when the ignition is turned ON. Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Inspect for excessive crankshaft endplay that will cause the crankshaft position sensor reluctor wheel to move out of alignment with the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankshaft-and-bearing-cleaning-and-inspection) .

Hesitation, Sag, Stumble

1. Test the fuel pressure. Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
3. Test the generator. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Electrical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system__symptoms-engine-electrical) . Repair the charging system if the generator output voltage is less than 9 V or more than 16 V.
4. Inspect for excessive crankshaft endplay that will cause the crankshaft position sensor reluctor wheel to move out of alignment with the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__crankshaft-and-bearing-cleaning-and-inspection) .
5. Test the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Engine warm and idling, verify the correct operation of the camshaft actuator system. Command the intake and exhaust camshaft actuators from 0 degrees to 25 degrees and back to zero while observing the scan tool Int. CMP Variance and Exh. CMP Variance parameters. Each parameter should be less than 2 degrees in each of the commanded states. If any of the parameters is greater than 2 degrees, inspect the suspect camshaft actuator and camshaft actuator solenoid valve and valve bore for contamination, obstruction, and damage. Refer to «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) , and «Camshaft Actuator System Description»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-description-and-operation) .

Poor Fuel Economy with RPO LE5 or LE9

1. Heavy loads being carried or towed
2. Acceleration rate too much or too often
3. Inspect the brake system for brake drag.
4. Inspect for incorrect operation of the speedometer.
5. Verify that the engine coolant temperature (ECT) has not shifted in value. Allow the engine to run and reach operating temperature. Observe the ECT Sensor parameter with a scan tool and compare the reading to that parameter listed on the «Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (2.4L)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__engine-control-module-scan-tool-information) , «Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (3.6L)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__engine-control-module-scan-tool-information) , list. If the reading is not in the range specified in the list, test the resistance of the ECT sensor. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) , for resistance specifications. Replace the ECT sensor if the resistance is not within specification. Refer to «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) . If the sensor is within the specification, test the ECT sensor circuits for high resistance.
6. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
7. Observe the TB Idle Airflow Compensation parameter with a scan tool. A value greater than 80 % may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) .

Poor Fuel Economy with RPO LAT

1. Heavy loads being carried or towed
2. Acceleration rate too much or too often
3. Inspect the brake system for brake drag.
4. Inspect for incorrect operation of the speedometer.
5. Verify that the engine coolant temperature (ECT) has not shifted in value. Allow the engine to run and reach operating temperature. Observe the ECT Sensor parameter with a scan tool and compare the reading to that parameter listed on the «Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (2.4L)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__engine-control-module-scan-tool-information) , «Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (3.6L)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__engine-control-module-scan-tool-information) , list. If the reading is not in the range specified in the list, test the resistance of the ECT sensor. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) , for resistance specifications. Replace the ECT sensor if the resistance is not within specification. Refer to «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) . If the sensor is within the specification, test the ECT sensor circuits for high resistance.
6. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
7. Inspect the throttle body for an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) .

Detonaton/Spark Knock

1. Inspect for excessive carbon buildup in the combustion chambers. Clean the chambers with Top Engine Cleaner. Follow the instructions on the can.
2. Test for an engine overheating condition. Refer to «Engine Overheating»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__engine-overheating) .
3. Verify that the engine coolant temperature (ECT) has not shifted in value. Allow the engine to run and reach operating temperature. Observe the ECT Sensor parameter with a scan tool and compare the reading to that parameter listed on the «Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (2.4L)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__engine-control-module-scan-tool-information) , «Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (3.6L)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__engine-control-module-scan-tool-information) , list. If the reading is not in the range specified in the list, test the resistance of the ECT sensor. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) , for resistance specifications. Replace the ECT sensor if the resistance is not within specification. Refer to «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) . If the sensor is within the specification, test the ECT sensor circuits for high resistance.
4. If there are no engine mechanical faults, fill the fuel tank with a known high quality fuel that meets the vehicle minimum octane requirements.

Lack of Power, Hesitation, or Cut Out

1. Inspect the engine electrical system for correct operation. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Electrical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/charging-system/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system__symptoms-engine-electrical) .
2. Verify that each injector harness is connected to the correct injector.
3. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
4. Engine warm and idling, verify the correct operation of the camshaft actuator system. Command the intake and exhaust camshaft actuators from 0 degrees to 25 degrees and back to zero while observing the scan tool Int. CMP Variance and Exh. CMP Variance parameters. Each parameter should be less than 2 degrees in each of the commanded states. If any of the parameters is greater than 2 degrees, inspect the suspect camshaft actuator and camshaft actuator solenoid valve and valve bore for contamination, obstruction, and damage. Refer to «Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) , and «Camshaft Actuator System Description»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-description-and-operation) .

Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling With RPO LE5 or LE9

1. Observe the TB Idle Airflow Compensation parameter with a scan tool. A value greater than 80 % may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) .
2. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
3. Inspect the engine mounts. Refer to «Engine Mount Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__engine-mount-inspection) .
4. Inspect the intake and exhaust manifolds for casting flash.

Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling With RPO LAT

1. Inspect the throttle body for an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore and clean, if necessary. Refer to «Throttle Body Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__throttle-body-cleaning) .
2. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
3. Inspect the engine mounts. Refer to «Engine Mount Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__engine-mount-inspection) .
4. Inspect the intake and exhaust manifolds for casting flash.

Surges/Chuggles

1. Inspect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor for obstruction, contamination, and damage. Refer to «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
2. Test the heated oxygen sensors (HO2S). The HO2S should respond quickly to a change in throttle position. If the HO2S do not respond to different throttle positions, inspect for contamination from fuel, silicon, or the incorrect use of RTV sealant. The sensors may have a white powdery coating and result in a high, but false, signal voltage, which gives a rich exhaust indication. The PCM reduces the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a driveability condition.
3. Verify that each injector harness is connected to the correct injector.

Fuel Odor

1. Saturated EVAP canister-Refer to «Evaporative Emission Control System Description»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-description-and-operation) .
2. A condition with the internal components of the fuel tank assembly-Refer to «Fuel System Description»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-description-and-operation) .
3. Inspect for damaged or deteriorated fuel lines.

ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power With RPO LE5 or LE9

Review the Reduced Engine Power Indication History parameter with a scan tool to determine the reason for the last reduced engine power event.

ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power With RPO LAT

Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle to determine the reason that the ECM has commanded the reduced engine power mode.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates to inform the driver that an emission system fault has occurred and that the engine control system requires service. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the MIL and, when the emission system fault occurs, the engine control module (ECM) turns the MIL ON by grounding the MIL control circuit. Under normal operating conditions, the MIL should be ON only when the ignition is ON and the engine is OFF.

If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors with the ignition ON and the engine OFF, and with the engine operating while monitoring the scan tool MIL control circuit status parameters. The MIL control circuit status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Schematic Reference

1. «Engine Controls Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-wiring-schematic-diagrams)
2. «Instrument Cluster Schematics»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

1. Ignition ON, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool. The MIL should turn ON and OFF as commanded.
2. Command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
3. Engine running, command the MIL ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the control circuit status parameters listed below: MIL Ckt Short Gnd Test Status MIL Ckt Open Test Status MIL Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.

Note. Any MIL requesting DTCs that may be set should be diagnosed first.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 ECM.
2. Ignition ON, the MIL should not illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, test the MIL control circuit terminal 27-X1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument cluster.
3. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the MIL control circuit terminal 27-X1 and ground. The MIL should illuminate. If the MIL illuminates, replace the K20 ECM. If the MIL does not illuminate, test the MIL control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the MIL control circuit tests normal, test the instrument cluster ignition voltage circuit for a short to ground or open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 instrument cluster/bulb.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
2. «Instrument Cluster Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Description

The purpose of the evaporative emission (EVAP) Service Bay Test is to aid in resetting the EVAP inspection/maintenance system status. For this vehicle that is equipped with the engine off natural vacuum diagnostic, the Service Bay Test uses the scan tool to initiate the engine control module (ECM) regular sequence of EVAP system DTC tests, but with different enable criteria. By using the Service Bay Test the inspection/maintenance indicator can be set without the need for multiple cold soaks.

The scan tool displays for the Service Bay Test are based on the events that occur within the following three categories

1. The engine running portion of the tests-The vehicle must remain at rest, in Park, or in Neutral, during this portion of the test. This test inspects for large leaks, a leaking purge valve and/or vent system restrictions. The scan tool will display test progress or the reason for an abort or failure.
2. Drive cycle-The scan tool will display time and distance needed to warm the fuel.
3. Ignition OFF-During this portion of the test, the engine controller will remain active for up to 45 minutes when the ignition is turned OFF to allow control of the EVAP canister vent valve and run the engine off natural vacuum test. The engine controller inspects for small leaks during this period by monitoring fuel tank pressure or vacuum. If the system is sealed, there will be a pressure or vacuum change. Pressure or vacuum changes that are less than the calibrated values indicate a leak.

When the EVAP diagnostics are initiated by the Service Bay Test, the scan tool will indicate if the enable conditions listed below are not met, or will display a specific reason if the test aborts. When complete, the display will indicate that the tests passed or failed.

Conditions for Running the Test

The following conditions must be met in order to enable the Service Bay Test

1. The battery voltage is between 11-18V.
2. The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 35°C (95°F) at start-up.
3. The EVAP inspection/maintenance system status indicator is set to NO.
4. The fuel level is 15-85 percent capacity and cannot be refueled during the tests.
5. There are no DTCs displayed.
6. The vehicle must be driven for the time and distance specified on the scan tool.
7. The ambient air temperature is between 0-40°C (32-104°F).
8. The ignition must remain OFF during the engine OFF portion of the test, and the vehicle must remain at rest.

Test Procedure

Note. If the Service Bay Test aborts or fails, a DTC will NOT be set.

1. Install a scan tool.
2. Select the Service Bay Test with the scan tool.
3. Follow the instructions on the scan tool. If the test aborts, correct the condition for running the test, then retest. If the test fails, repair the vehicle for the condition indicated by the failure message on the scan tool.
4. Verify that the EVAP inspection/maintenance system status is set to YES.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

This Engine Cranks but Does Not Run diagnostic is an organized approach to identify a condition which causes the engine to crank but not start. This diagnostic directs the technician to the appropriate system diagnosis.

Inspect for any of the following conditions

1. Insufficient fuel can cause a no start condition. Thoroughly inspect the fuel delivery system for sufficient fuel volume to the fuel injectors. Inspect the fuel supply components for partial blockage or restrictions.
2. Fuel injectors with partially blocked and restricted nozzles, or a malfunctioning solenoid, can cause a no start condition. Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. There may be fuel spray at the fuel injectors and the indicated fuel pressure may be correct, yet there may not be enough fuel to start the engine. If the fuel injectors and the injector circuit are OK, and fuel spray is detected, the fuel injector ON time may be inadequate. If the engine control module (ECM) receives incorrect inputs from the various information sensors, the fuel delivered by the fuel injectors may be inadequate to start the engine. Check all the engine data parameters with a scan tool and compare the values indicated with the expected values or the values from a known good vehicle.
4. Check the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor engine reference signal with a scan tool. Observe the Engine Speed parameter while cranking the engine. The scan tool should indicate a steady 200-300 RPM while cranking. If erratic values, such as sudden spikes in the engine speed are displayed, the engine reference signal is not stable enough for the engine to start and run properly.
5. Inspect the engine for good secure electrical grounds.
6. If the engine almost starts and then stalls, check for an open in the ground circuits of the CKP sensor and the camshaft position (CMP) sensor.
7. Water or foreign material in the fuel can cause a no start or engine will not stay running condition. During freezing weather water can freeze inside the fuel system. The engine may start after 30 minutes in a heated repair shop. The malfunction may not recur until parked overnight in freezing temperatures. Extreme weather conditions can cause contaminated fuel to prevent the vehicle from starting.
8. A vehicle that starts and runs after being brought to the repair shop for a no start condition, may have an ignition system that is susceptible to moisture. Spray water on the ignition system components and the wiring in order to check for an engine starting or will not stay running concern.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH-48027 Digital Pressure Gauge
2. J 26792 HEI Spark Tester

Note. This diagnostic assumes the following: The battery is completely charged. Refer to Battery Inspection/Test . The engine cranking speed is acceptable. Refer to Engine Cranks Slowly . There is adequate fuel in the fuel tank.

1. Engine cranking, observe the scan tool DTC information. The following DTCs should not be set: DTC P0201-P0204, P0230, P0335, P0336, P0351, P0353, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060E, P062F, P0685, P0690, P1516, P1682, P2610. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
2. Ignition ON, observe the Security Indicator on the instrument panel cluster. The security indicator should illuminate momentarily and then go out. If the security indicator stays ON or is flashing, review the scan tool DTC information for Immobilizer system DTCs. Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . For additional information, refer to «Immobilizer Description and Operation»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#immobilizer-system__immobilizer-description-and-operation) .
3. Engine cranking, observe the scan tool Engine Speed parameter. The scan tool should indicate an engine speed greater than 0. If the engine speed is 0, refer to «DTC P0335 or P0336»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Ignition OFF, connect a J 26792 HEI Spark Tester to the boot of an ignition coil of a cylinder and ground.
5. Engine cranking, verify that the spark tester sparks. If there is no spark, refer to «Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Ignition ON, command the Fuel Pump Relay ON with a scan tool. You should hear the fuel pump turn ON. If the fuel pump does not turn ON, refer to «Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
7. Ignition OFF, install the CH-48027 Digital Pressure Gauge. Refer to «Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal (LE5 or LE9)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
8. Ignition ON, command the Fuel Pump Relay ON with a scan tool. The fuel pressure should be between 345-690 kPa (50-100 psi) while the fuel pump is running. If the fuel pressure is not within the specified range, refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
9. Verify that the fuel pressure, after the pump is turned OFF, decreases to 500-599 kPa (72-87 psi), and does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) in 1 minute from that point. If the fuel pressure is not within the specified range, refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
10. Verify that the following conditions do not exist: Collapsed air intake duct to the throttle body Restricted air filter element Spark plugs for being gas or coolant fouled A skewed manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor-Refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . A skewed engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor-Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance) . Exhaust system restricted-Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) . Fuel contamination-Refer to «Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Engine mechanical condition, for example, worn timing chain and gears or low compression-Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l) , or «Engine Compression Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-24l__engine-compression-test) . If you find any of the above conditions, repair as necessary.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) enables the fuel pump relay when the ignition switch is turned ON. The ECM will disable the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds unless the ECM detects ignition reference pulses. The ECM continues to enable the fuel pump relay as long as ignition reference pulses are detected. The ECM disables the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds if ignition reference pulses cease to be detected and the ignition remains ON.

The following conditions may cause the fuel pump fuse to open

1. The fuse is faulty.
2. There is an intermittent short to ground in the supply voltage circuit of the fuel pump.
3. The fuel pump has an intermittent internal condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 43244 Relay Puller Pliers

Note. An open or a short to voltage in the control circuit will cause both the Ckt Open Test Status and the Ckt Short Volts Test Status parameters to display Fault.

Ignition ON, command the fuel pump relay ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following control circuit status parameters

1. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status
2. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Open Test Status
3. Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Volts Test Status

Each parameter should toggle between OK and Not Run or Not Run and OK.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the fuel pump relay using the J 43244 Pliers.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ground circuit terminal 85 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ground circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance.
3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ground circuit terminal 85 and the control circuit terminal 86. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Remove the test lamp.
5. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is OK. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the fuel pump relay control circuit terminal 86 and the ground circuit terminal 85. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Relay Ckt Short Gnd Test Status parameter is Fault. If not the specified value, test the fuel pump relay control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
7. Inspect the fuel pump fuse. If the fuel pump fuse is open, test for the following conditions: A short to ground in the relay switch B+ circuit A short to ground in the supply voltage circuit of the fuel pump If the above circuits test normal, replace the fuel pump module.
8. Verify that a test light illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the B+ circuit for an open/high resistance.
9. Connect a 15 A fused jumper wire between the B+ circuit terminal 30 and the supply voltage circuit terminal 87 of the fuel pump. Verify the fuel pump is activated. If the fuel pump does not activate, test for the following conditions: An open/high resistance in the supply voltage circuit of the fuel pump An open/high resistance in the ground circuit of the fuel pump If the above circuits test normal, replace the fuel pump module.
10. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the fuel pump relay.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the fuel pump relay.
2. Test for 70-110 ohms between terminals 85 and 86. If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace the relay.
3. Test for infinite resistance between the following terminals: 30 and 86 30 and 87 30 and 85 85 and 87 If not the specified value, replace the relay.
4. Install a 15 A fused jumper wire between relay terminal 85 and 12 V. Install a jumper wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test for less than 2 ohms between terminals 30 and 87. If greater than the specified range, replace the relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The engine control module (ECM) enables the fuel pump relay when the ignition switch is turned ON. The ECM will disable the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds unless the ECM detects ignition reference pulses. The ECM continues to enable the fuel pump relay as long as ignition reference pulses are detected. The ECM disables the fuel pump relay within 2 seconds if ignition reference pulses cease to be detected and the ignition remains ON.

The fuel system is a returnless on-demand design. The fuel pressure regulator is a part of the fuel pump module, eliminating the need for a return pipe from the engine. A returnless fuel system reduces the internal temperature of the fuel tank by not returning hot fuel from the engine to the fuel tank. Reducing the internal temperature of the fuel tank results in lower evaporative emissions.

The fuel tank stores the fuel supply. An electric turbine style fuel pump attaches to the fuel pump module inside the fuel tank. The fuel pump supplies high pressure fuel through the fuel feed pipe to the fuel injection system. The fuel pump provides fuel at a higher rate of flow than is needed by the fuel injection system. The fuel pump also supplies fuel to a venturi pump located on the bottom of the fuel pump module. The function of the venturi pump is to fill the fuel pump module reservoir. The fuel pressure regulator, a part of the fuel pump module, maintains the correct fuel pressure to the fuel injection system. The fuel pump module contains a reverse flow check valve. The check valve and the fuel pressure regulator maintain fuel pressure in the fuel feed pipe and the fuel rail in order to prevent long cranking times.

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH 48027 Digital Pressure Gauge
2. J 37287 Fuel Line Shut-off Adapter
3. J 37287-FF Fuel Line Shut-off Adapters, if equipped with an LE9 engine

Note. Inspect the fuel system for damage or external leaks before proceeding. Verify that adequate fuel is in the fuel tank before proceeding. The fuel pump relay may need to be commanded ON a few times in order to obtain the highest possible fuel pressure. Before proceeding with this test, review the User Manual CH 48027-5 for Safety Information Instructions.

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. You should hear the fuel pump turn ON and OFF. If the fuel pump does not operate, refer to «Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
2. Ignition OFF, all accessories OFF, install a CH 48027 Pressure Gauge. Refer to «Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal (LE5 or LE9)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
3. Ignition ON, engine OFF, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool. Verify the fuel pressure is between 345-414 kPa (50-60 psi) and does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) in 1 minute.

1. Ignition ON, engine OFF, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool and observe the fuel pressure gauge while the fuel pump is operating. Verify the fuel pressure is between 345-414 kPa (50-60 psi). If the fuel pressure is greater than the specified range, replace the fuel pump module. If the fuel pressure is less than the specified range, test, inspect, and repair the items listed below. If all items test normal, replace the fuel pump module. Restricted fuel feed pipe Inspect the harness connectors and the ground circuits of the fuel pump for poor connections.
2. Verify that the fuel pressure does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) in 1 minute. If the fuel pressure decreases more than the specified value, perform the following procedure: Ignition OFF, relieve the fuel pressure. Refer to «Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__fuel-pressure-relief-ch-48027-100) , «Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__fuel-pressure-relief-without-ch-48027-100) . Install the J 37287 Shut-off Adapter or the J 37287-FF Adapter between the fuel feed pipe and the fuel rail. Open the valve on the J 37287 Shut-off Adapter or the J 37287-FF Adapter. Ignition ON, command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool and bleed the air from the CH 48027 Gauge. Command the fuel pump relay ON and then OFF with a scan tool. Close the valve on the J 37287 Shut-off Adapter or the J 37287-FF Adapter. Monitor the fuel pressure for 1 minute. If the fuel pressure decreases more than 34 kPa (5 psi) within the specified time, locate and replace the leaking fuel injectors. If the fuel pressure does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) within the specified time, replace the fuel pump module.
3. Relieve the fuel pressure to 69 kPa (10 psi). Verify that the fuel pressure does not decrease more than 14 kPa (2 psi) in 5 minutes. If the fuel pressure decreases more than the specified value, replace the fuel pump module.
4. Operate the vehicle within the conditions of the customer's concern while monitoring the fuel pressure with the CH 48027 Gauge. The fuel pressure should not drop off during acceleration, cruise, or hard cornering. If the fuel pressure drops off, test, inspect, and repair the items listed below. If all items test normal, replace the fuel pump module. Restricted fuel feed pipe Inspect the harness connectors and the ground circuits of the fuel pump for poor connections.
5. If the fuel system tests normal, refer to «Symptoms - Engine Controls»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Line Replacement - Chassis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Fuel Injector Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
3. «Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the appropriate fuel injector pulse for each cylinder. Ignition voltage is supplied to the fuel injectors. The control module controls each fuel injector by grounding the control circuit via a solid state device called a driver.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 44603 Injector Test Lamp

Engine idling, observe the following control circuit status parameters for each fuel injector

1. Injector Ckt Short Gnd Test Status
2. Injector Ckt Open Test Status
3. Injector Ckt Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should toggle between OK and Not Run or Not Run and OK.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at a fuel injector.
2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal A and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the ignition circuit fuse is open, test or replace the fuel injector.
3. Ignition OFF, connect a J 44603 Injector Test Lamp between the control circuit terminal B and the ignition circuit terminal A of each fuel injector one at a time.
4. Engine cranking, the test lamp should flash for each injector. If the test lamp is always ON, test the appropriate control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the engine control module (ECM). If the test lamp is always OFF, test the appropriate control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the fuel injector. Refer to «Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Fuel Injector Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for replacement, setup, and programming

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The control module enables the appropriate fuel injector pulse for each cylinder. The ignition voltage is supplied directly to the fuel injectors. The control module controls each fuel injector by grounding the control circuit via a solid state device called a driver. A fuel injector coil winding resistance that is too high or too low will affect the engine driveability. A fuel injector control circuit DTC may not set, but a misfire may be apparent. The fuel injector coil windings are affected by temperature. The resistance of the fuel injector coil windings will increase as the temperature of the fuel injector increases.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Verify the resistance of each fuel injector with one of the following methods

1. If the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is between 10-32°C (50-90°F), the resistance of each fuel injector should be 11-14 ohms. If the injectors measure OK, perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test. Refer to «Fuel Injector Balance Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If not within the specified range, replace the fuel injector.
2. If the ECT sensor is not between 10-32°C (50-90°F), measure and record the resistance of each fuel injector. Subtract the lowest resistance value from the highest resistance value. The difference between the lowest value and the highest value should be equal to or less than 3 ohms. If the difference is equal to or less than 3 ohms, perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test. Refer to «Fuel Injector Balance Test»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the difference is more than 3 ohms, add all of the fuel injector resistance values to obtain a total resistance value. Divide the total resistance value by the number of fuel injectors to obtain an average resistance value. Subtract the lowest individual fuel injector resistance value from the average resistance value. Compute the difference between the highest individual fuel injector resistance value and the average resistance value. Replace the fuel injector that displays the greatest difference above or below the average.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Fuel Injector Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

When performing the fuel injector balance test with the fuel injector tester or the scan tool, the scan tool is first used to energize the fuel pump relay. The fuel injector tester or the scan tool is then used to pulse each injector for a precise amount of time, allowing a measured amount of fuel to be injected. This causes a drop in the system fuel pressure that can be recorded and used to compare each injector.

The CH 47976 Active Fuel Injector Tester, is used to test the fuel pump, fuel system leak down, and the fuel injectors. Following the User Guide, CH 47976-11, and the on screen prompts or selections, will indicate the steps required to perform each of the available tests. The tester will perform all of the tests automatically and display results of the test. The results can also be down loaded for storage and printing.

1. Monitoring the Current Misfire Counters, or misfire graph, may help to isolate the fuel injector that is causing the condition.
2. Operating the vehicle over a wide temperature range may help isolate the fuel injector that is causing the condition.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

1. CH 47976 Active Fuel Injector Tester
2. CH 48027 Digital Pressure Gauge
3. J 39021 Fuel Injector Coil and Balance Tester
4. J 44602 Injector Test Adapter

Note. DO NOT perform this test if the engine coolant temperature (ECT) is above 94°C (201°F). Irregular fuel pressure readings may result due to hot soak fuel boiling. Verify that adequate fuel is in the fuel tank before proceeding with this diagnostic. Before proceeding with this test review the User Manual CH 48027-5 for Safety Information and Instructions.

Fuel Injector Balance Test-Fuel Pressure Test

1. Install a fuel pressure gauge. Refer to «Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal (LE5 or LE9)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions) .
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Command the fuel pump relay ON with a scan tool.
4. Observe the fuel pressure gauge with the fuel pump commanded ON. The fuel pressure should be 345-414 kPa (50-60 psi). If the fuel pressure is not within the specified range, refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
5. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for one minute. The fuel pressure should not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi). If the fuel pressure decreases more than 34 kPa (5 psi), refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. Perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool, the Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2, or the Fuel Injector Balance Test with the Active Fuel Injector Tester.

Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool

1. Set the amperage supply selector switch on the fuel injector tester to the Balance Test 0.5-2.5 A position.
2. Connect the J 39021 Fuel Injector Coil and Balance Tester to a fuel injector using the J 44602 Adapter.
3. Command the fuel pump relay ON and then OFF three times with a scan tool. On the last command, as the fuel pressure begins to slowly degrade and stabilize, select a fuel pressure within 34 kPa (5 psi) of the maximum pump pressure. Record this fuel pressure. This is the starting pressure at which you will pulse each injector.
4. Command the fuel pump relay ON one more time and energize the fuel injector by depressing the Push to Start Test button on the J 39021 Fuel Injector Coil and Balance Tester at the previously selected pressure.
5. After the injector stops pulsing, select Min from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge and record the Min pressure.
6. Clear the Min/Max results on the CH 48027 Gauge.
7. Select Normal from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge.
8. Repeat steps 2 and 4 through 7 for each fuel injector.
9. Subtract the minimum pressure from the starting pressure for one fuel injector. The result is the pressure drop value.
10. Obtain a pressure drop value for each fuel injector.
11. Add all of the individual pressure drop values except for the injector suspected of being faulty. This is the total pressure drop.
12. Divide the total pressure drop by the number of fuel injectors that were added together. This is the average pressure drop. The difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop should not be more than 20 kPa (3 psi). If the difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop is more than 20 kPa (3 psi), replace the fuel injector.

Fuel Injector Balance Test with Scan Tool

1. Command the fuel pump relay ON and then OFF three times with a scan tool. On the last command, as the fuel pressure begins to slowly degrade and stabilize, select a fuel pressure within 34 kPa (5 psi) of the maximum pump pressure. Record this fuel pressure. This is the starting pressure at which you will pulse each injector.
2. With a scan tool, select the Fuel Injector Balance Test function within the Special Functions menu.
3. Select an injector to be tested.
4. Press Enter to prime the fuel system.
5. Energize the fuel injector by depressing the Pulse Injector button on the scan tool at the previously selected pressure.
6. After the injector stops pulsing, select Min from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge and record the Min pressure.
7. Clear the Min/Max results on the CH 48027 Gauge.
8. Select Normal from the Display Mode on the CH 48027 Gauge.
9. Press Enter on the scan tool to bring you back to the Select Injector screen.
10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 for each fuel injector.
11. Subtract the minimum pressure from the starting pressure for one fuel injector. The result is the pressure drop value.
12. Obtain a pressure drop value for each fuel injector.
13. Add all of the individual pressure drop values except for the injector suspected of being faulty. This is the total pressure drop.
14. Divide the total pressure drop by the number of fuel injectors that were added together. This is the average pressure drop. The difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop should not be more than 20 kPa (3 psi). If the difference between any individual pressure drop and the average pressure drop is more than 20 kPa (3 psi), replace the fuel injector.

Fuel Injector Balance Test with the Active Fuel Injector Tester

1. Turn OFF all accessories.
2. Turn OFF the ignition.
3. Install the Active Fuel Injector Tester. Refer to the Active Fuel Injector Tester User Guide.
4. Turn ON the Active Fuel Injector Tester and select the vehicle.
5. Turn ON the ignition and perform the Injector Test. If the Active Fuel Injector Tester aborts testing due to fuel pressure or fuel leak down, refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
6. View the test results. If any injector exceeds the recommended tolerance, replace the injector(s).

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Fuel Injector Replacement

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The ethanol calculation occurs with the engine running after a refueling event has been detected via a measured change in the fuel level sensor output. The virtual flex fuel sensor (V-FFS) algorithm temporarily closes the canister purge valve for a few seconds and monitors information from the closed loop fuel trim system to calculate the ethanol content. This logic executes several times until the ethanol calculation is deemed to be stable. This may take several minutes under low fuel flow conditions such as idle, or a shorter time during higher fuel flow, off-idle conditions.

Air-fuel ratios and the corresponding ethanol percentage are updated following each purge-off sequence.

After a re-fueling event, the system registers the amount of fuel that was added, relative to the amount that was in the tank. Reading fuel trim and O2 sensor activity, the system determines if the fuel added was either American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Gasoline or ASTM E85. Based on that determination, the system adjusts to the expected ethanol mix in the fuel tank, and then the fuel trim and O2 sensor activity fine tunes the adjustments. The system must remain in closed loop in order for this adjustment to occur. Numerous short trips after switching from gasoline to E85, or E85 to gasoline, can result in driveability symptoms due to the inability of the system to adjust for fuel composition by not attaining closed loop operation.

1. When an engine control module (ECM) is replaced or when the Fuel Composition Reset has been performed with a scan tool, the fuel system will need to contain ASTM gasoline with 10 percent or less ethanol content.
2. If the fuel in the fuel system needs to be drained and replaced with ASTM gasoline, the engine will need to run at operating temperature and consume at least 1 liter (0.3 gallon) of fuel to flush out any remaining non-ASTM fuel. The fuel at the fuel rail will need to be rechecked to verify that 10 percent or less ethanol is now at the fuel rail. At this time the Fuel Composition Reset can be performed and will default to 3 percent.
3. Resetting the system restores the vehicle to factory fill conditions and 10 percent or less ASTM gasoline must be present for future calculations. Resetting the system does not cause a relearn event to occur. The system will now be able to recognize the correct ethanol content in the future. Either ASTM gasoline or ASTM E85 fuel can then be used.

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 44175 Fuel Composition Tester

1. Record the scan tool Fuel Alcohol Content.
2. Measure the ethanol content with a fuel sample from the fuel rail using the J 44175 Tester. The difference between the measured ethanol content and the scan tool Fuel Alcohol Content should be less than 15 percent. If not within the specified range, continue with Circuit/System Testing.

Circuit/System Testing - J 44175 Ethanol Content More Than 15 Percent

1. Drain the fuel tank. Refer to «Fuel Tank Draining (Non E-85)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__fuel-tank-draining-non-e-85) , «Fuel Tank Draining (With E85)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__fuel-tank-draining-with-e85) .
2. Clean the fuel system. Refer to «Fuel System Cleaning»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__fuel-system-cleaning) .
3. Add fuel containing 10 percent or less ethanol content.
4. Operate the vehicle until at least 1 liter (0.3 gallon) is used.
5. Measure the ethanol content with a fuel sample from the fuel rail using the J 44175 Tester. The measured ethanol content should be less than 15 percent. If not within the specified range, repeat steps 1 through 5.
6. Perform the Fuel Composition Reset using the scan tool.
7. Perform the Fuel Trim Reset using the scan tool.

Circuit/System Testing - J 44175 Ethanol Content Less Than 15 Percent

1. Perform the Fuel Composition Reset using the scan tool.
2. Perform the Fuel Trim Reset using the scan tool.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Test Description

Water contamination in the fuel system may cause driveability conditions such as hesitation, stalling, no start, or misfires in one or more cylinders. Water may collect near a single fuel injector at the lowest point in the fuel injection system and cause a misfire in that cylinder. If the fuel system is contaminated with water, inspect the fuel system components for rust or deterioration.

Ethanol concentrations of greater than 10 percent in nonblended gasoline or greater than 85 percent with E85 blended gasoline for flexible fuel applications can cause driveability conditions such as hesitation, lack of power, stalling, or no start. Excessive concentrations of ethanol used in vehicles not designed for it may cause fuel system corrosion, deterioration of rubber components, and fuel filter restriction.

Special Tools

J 44175 Fuel Composition Tester

System Verification

The fuel sample should be drawn from the bottom of the tank so that any water present in the tank will be detected. The sample should be bright and clear.

1. If the sample appears cloudy, or contaminated with water, as indicated by a water layer at the bottom of the sample, perform the Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure.
2. If alcohol contamination is suspected, perform the Alcohol in Fuel Testing procedure.

Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool

1. Test the fuel composition using J 44175 Tester and Instruction Manual.
2. If water appears in the fuel sample, clean the fuel system.
3. Subtract 50 from the reading on the DMM in order to obtain the percentage of alcohol in the fuel sample.
4. If the nonblended gasoline fuel sample measures more than 15 percent ethanol, or if the E85 blended gasoline fuel sample measures more than 91 percent ethanol, add fresh regular gasoline to the vehicle's fuel tank.
5. Test the fuel composition.
6. If additional testing indicates that the ethanol percentage is still above 15 percent for a nonblended gasoline sample, drain and replace the vehicle's fuel. Refer to «Fuel Tank Draining (Non E-85)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__fuel-tank-draining-non-e-85) , «Fuel Tank Draining (With E85)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__fuel-tank-draining-with-e85) . If additional testing indicates that the E85 blended gasoline sample still measures above 91 percent, continue adding fresh, regular gasoline until the ethanol content is 85 percent or less.

Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool

1. Using a 100 ml (3.38 oz) specified cylinder with 1 ml (0.034 oz) graduation marks, fill the cylinder with fuel to the 90 ml (3.04 oz) mark.
2. Add 10 ml (0.34 oz) of water in order to bring the total fluid volume to 100 ml (3.38 oz) and install a stopper.
3. Shake the cylinder vigorously for 10-15 seconds.
4. Carefully loosen the stopper in order to release the pressure.
5. Re-install the stopper and shake the cylinder vigorously again for 10-15 seconds.
6. Put the cylinder on a level surface for approximately 5 minutes in order to allow adequate liquid separation. If alcohol is present in the fuel, the volume of the lower layer, which would now contain both alcohol and water, will be more than 10 ml (0.34 oz). For example, if the volume of the lower layer is increased to 15 ml (0.51 oz), this indicates at least 5 percent alcohol in the fuel. The actual amount of alcohol may be somewhat more because this procedure does not extract all of the alcohol from the fuel.

Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure

1. Using an approved fuel container, draw approximately 0.5 liter (0.53 qt) of fuel.
2. Place the container on a level surface for approximately 5 minutes in order to allow settling of the particulate contamination. Particulate contamination will show up in various shapes and colors. Sand will typically be identified by a white or light brown crystals. Rubber will appear as black and irregular particles.
3. Observe the fuel sample. If any physical contaminants or water are present, clean the fuel system.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Fuel System Cleaning

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The ignition system uses individual ignition coil/module assemblies for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) controls the individual coils by transmitting timing pulses on the ignition control (IC) circuit of each ignition coil/module to enable a spark event. Each ignition coil/module has the following circuits

1. Ignition voltage
2. Ground
3. IC
4. Low reference

1. Depending on location in the spliced ignition voltage circuit, a slight resistance can cause a misfire or a crank/no start concern. A voltage drop test on the circuit will pinpoint this condition.
2. A slight to moderate resistance on any IC circuit can cause a misfire before DTC P0351-P0354 sets.
3. Extended engine cranking time, may foul the spark plugs with excessive fuel.

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__circuit-testing)
2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__connector-repairs)
3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures-and-connector-repair__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 26792 HEI Spark Tester

1. Verify that the engine is in good mechanical condition before continuing with this diagnostic.
2. Verify the following conditions: The ignition coil/modules are correctly connected The proper firing order The proper spark plug type The proper spark plug gap and torque Refer to «Ignition System Specifications»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-specifications__ignition-system-specifications) , and «Spark Plug Inspection»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions__spark-plug-inspection) .

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the affected ignition coil/modules.
2. Ignition OFF for 90 seconds, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal A and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
3. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
4. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal D and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition voltage circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
5. Exchange the affected ignition coil/module with the ignition coil/module of a good cylinder.
6. Start the engine, and observe the scan tool Misfire Current Cylinder parameters. If the misfire transfers with the suspect ignition coil/module, replace as needed.
7. If the circuits test normal, test or replace the spark plug/s.

Use the J 26792 HEI spark tester to verify the output of each ignition coil/module.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

1. «Ignition Coil Replacement (LE5, LE9, or LAF)»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)
2. «Spark Plug Replacement»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-repair-instructions)

Evaporative Emission System Diagnosis

Special Tools

EN 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting

Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester (EEST)

Vehicle Setup

1. Engine OFF, open the hood. Position a large fan to blow air under the vehicle onto the fuel tank area.
2. Connect the red battery clip from the tester to the positive battery terminal.
3. Connect the black battery clip from the tester to chassis ground.

Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection

1. Open the Nitrogen tank valve and turn the NITROGEN/SMOKE valve on the front control panel to NITROGEN.
2. Connect the hose to the correct test orifice on the bottom front of the tester. For orifice size, refer to the vehicle specific information found in service procedures for DTCs that relate to evaporative emission (EVAP) system leaks.
3. Press and release the remote switch to activate the tester.
4. Position the sliding red flag on the flow meter to align with the floating indicator. When the red flag is set, press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.
5. Remove the hose from the test orifice and install the hose onto the vehicle. For proper connection location, and the special tool numbers for any adapters that may be required, refer to the service procedures for DTCs that relate to EVAP system leaks.
6. Ignition ON, seal the EVAP system per instructions in the service procedures for DTCs that relate to EVAP system leaks. Most systems can be sealed using a scan tool output control for the EVAP vent solenoid valve, other systems require that the vent system be plugged.
7. Press and release the remote switch to activate the nitrogen flow and fill the system.
8. Compare the stable floating indicator position to the red flag. Below the red flag, the result is acceptable, Pass. Test complete Above the red flag, the result is unacceptable, Fail. Go to the Smoke Procedure
9. Press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.

Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak

1. Turn OFF any fans that may cause air movement around or near the vehicle.
2. Connect the nitrogen/smoke hose to the vehicle as directed in the service procedures. Some vehicles require that the nitrogen/smoke hose be connected at the front of the EVAP system at the EVAP service port. An adapter may be necessary. Other vehicles require the connection be made at the rear of the system using an adapter at the fuel fill cap. Consult the service procedures for DTCs that relate to evaporative emission (EVAP) system leaks for vehicle specific instructions regarding connection location and adapters.
3. Open the nitrogen tank valve and turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the control panel to smoke.
4. Press and release the remote switch to activate the tester and inject smoke into the EVAP system.
5. Verify smoke has filled the EVAP system by opening the system opposite the end where smoke is injected. When injecting smoke at the service port, remove the fuel fill cap until smoke is observed. Then close the system and continue testing. If using a special tool fuel fill cap adapter at the filler neck, vent the system at the service port, with special tool EN 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting, until smoke is observed then remove the vent fitting tool and close the system to continue with the test.
6. Press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.
7. Introduce smoke into the system for an additional 60 s. Continue introducing smoke at 15 s intervals, as necessary.
8. Using a high-intensity white light, inspect the entire EVAP system path, and look for the source of the leak indicated by the exiting smoke. Introduce smoke at 15 s intervals, as needed, until leak source is identified.

Temperature Variation Instructions

The Concern

Ideal circumstances for conducting the EVAP flow meter test require equal temperatures between the nitrogen gas and the vehicle EVAP system. Significant differences in temperature between them can result in a flow or pressure change during testing, causing misleading results. Typically, the EEST is stored indoors, approximately 21°C (70°F). Vehicles brought in for diagnosis may have an EVAP system at significantly different temperatures.

For Example

Note. With no temperature difference between the nitrogen gas and EVAP system, the resulting vehicle EVAP system pressure will remain stable at 3.2 kPa, 13 in. H2O (0.5 PSI) once pressurized, providing no leaks are present.

When the EVAP flow meter tests are performed with significant differences in temperature between the nitrogen gas and the vehicle EVAP system, the following results can occur

1. An increase in flow during the flow meter test can be caused by a vehicle's warm EVAP system cooling down.
2. A decrease in flow during the flow meter test can be caused by a vehicle's cool EVAP system warming up.

The Solution

When working on a vehicle with significant temperature differences between the vehicle EVAP system and the nitrogen gas, allow the vehicle EVAP system temperature to stabilize as close as possible to the temperature of the nitrogen gas before conducting the Flow Meter Test.

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Several states require that a vehicle pass on-board diagnostic (OBD) system tests and the inspection/maintenance (I/M) emission inspection in order to renew license plates. This is accomplished by viewing the I/M System Status display on a scan tool. Using a scan tool, the technician can observe the I/M System Status in order to verify that the vehicle meets the criteria that complies with the local area requirements. While testing in the I/M System Status mode, some DTCs may occur that are called I/M Test DTCs. An I/M Test DTC is defined as a fault code that is currently commanding the MIL ON, and is stored in non-volatile memory. The intended use of this data is to prevent vehicles from passing I/M inspection without proper repair to the vehicle. These fault codes are not erasable from any scan tool command or erasable by disconnecting power to the controller. The I/M Test DTCs will be supported by all emissions related ECUs such as ECMs, TCMs, FPCMs, etc. An I/M Test DTC will not be stored or erased from the ECU except at the end of trip processing which occurs 5 s after ignition OFF.

Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status

Each system requires at least one, and sometimes several, diagnostic tests. The results of these tests are reported by a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). A system monitor is complete when either all of the DTCs comprising the monitor have Run and Passed, or any one of the DTCs comprising the monitor have illuminated the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Once all of the tests are completed, the I/M System Status display will indicate YES in the Completed column.

For example, when the HO2S Heater Monitor indicates YES, either all of the oxygen sensor heater tests have passed or one of the tests has illuminated the MIL. If the vehicle has four heated oxygen sensors, either all four heater circuit tests have passed or one of the heater circuit tests has illuminated the MIL. The I/M System Status will indicate NO under the Completed column when any of the required tests for that system have not run. The following is a list of conditions that would set the I/M System Status indicator to NO

1. The vehicle is new from the factory and has not yet been driven through the necessary drive conditions to complete the tests.
2. The battery has been disconnected or discharged below operating voltage.
3. The control module power or ground has been interrupted.
4. The control module has been reprogrammed.
5. The control module DTCs have been cleared as part of a service procedure.

Conditions for Clearing I/M Test DTCs

1. Only the OBD II System can erase the I/M Test DTC. The OBD II system must determine that the malfunction that caused the I/M Test DTC to be stored is no longer present and is not commanding the MIL. Each of the following represents ways to clear an I/M Test DTC: If the MIL goes out due to 3 passing drive cycles, scan tool code clear is not used, the I/M Test DTC is erased at power down of the last drive cycle. If a scan tool code clear is used to turn OFF the MIL, the I/M Test DTC is not erased, the DTC must PASS and not FAIL. The I/M Test DTC is erased at power down of the drive cycle. If the controller is reflashed/reprogrammed, all I/M Test DTCs are erased.
2. For the OBD II System to run a single drive cycle for clearing an I/M Test DTC, all of the following conditions must occur: Cumulative time of engine run time is greater than 600 s. Cumulative vehicle operation above 40 km/h (25 mph) for over 300 s. Continuous vehicle idle for greater than 30 s. Turn ignition OFF for 5 s and allow the code to clear.

Monitored Emission Control Systems

The OBD II system monitors all emission control systems that are on-board. Not all vehicles need every possible emission control system. For example, a vehicle may not be equipped with secondary air injection (AIR) or exhaust gas recirculation (EGR). The OBD II regulations require monitoring of the following; if equipped

1. The air conditioning system
2. The catalytic converter efficiency
3. Comprehensive component monitoring-Emission related inputs and outputs
4. The evaporative emission (EVAP) system
5. The fuel delivery system
6. Heated catalyst monitoring
7. Misfire monitoring
8. The oxygen sensor system (O2S or HO2S)
9. The oxygen sensor heater system (HO2S heater)

For the specific DTCs required for each system, refer to Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table . Systems such as misfire and comprehensive components may not be listed in a system status list. These tests run continuously and do not require an I/M System Status indicator.

The I/M System Status display provides an indication of when the control module has completed the required tests. This does not necessarily mean that the test has passed, only that a decision was made. If the diagnostic fails, a DTC will indicate the failure. If a failure indication is present for a DTC associated with one of the I/M regulated systems, it may prevent other required tests from running. For example, a DTC for the control circuit of the EVAP purge solenoid may not be listed in the Inspection/Maintenance System DTC Table because it is a continuous test. If this DTC is set, the Active Tests for the EVAP system may not run.

The I/M System Status information may be useful for a technician to determine if diagnostics have run when verifying repairs.

Review the I/M System Status indicators. All I/M System Status indicators should report YES, and no I/M Test DTCs should be present.

1. Observe the Engine DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no DTCs are present. If a DTC is set that would prevent the I/M System Status tests from completing, diagnose that DTC before continuing. Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
2. Review applicable service bulletins for software updates that would prevent the I/M System Status tests from completing. If a control module re-program or other repair is required, perform the «Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
3. Observe the I/M System Status indicators. If any I/M System Status indicators report NO, perform the «Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
4. Observe the I/M Test DTC information with a scan tool. Verify there are no I/M Test DTCs present. If an I/M Test DTC is set and all of the I/M System Status indicators are Yes, there is no need to perform the Complete System Set Procedure. Diagnose the DTC using the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) and refer to Conditions for Clearing the I/M Test DTCs. If an I/M Test DTC is set and the I/M System Status indicators are NO, diagnosis the DTC and perform the «Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

The purpose of the Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure is to satisfy the enable criteria necessary to execute all of the I/M readiness diagnostics and complete the drive cycles for those particular diagnostics. When all I/M monitored diagnostic tests are completed, the I/M System Status indicators are set to YES. Perform the Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure if any I/M System Status indicators are set to NO.

Inspection/Maintenance Data List

To determine if the inspection/maintenance readiness diagnostic tests can be run this ignition cycle, use a scan tool to observe the inspection/maintenance monitor enabled parameters in the inspection/maintenance Data List.

Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start

1. The ignition voltage between 11-18 V.
2. The barometric pressure is more than 75 kPa (10.9 psi).
3. The start-up engine coolant temperature is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
4. The start-up intake air temperature is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
5. The difference between the IAT and the ECT is less than or equal to 6°C (43°F).
6. The ambient air temperature is between 4-30°C (39-86°F).
7. The fuel level is between 15-85 %.

Review the inspection/maintenance system status indicators with a scan tool. All I/M system status indicators should report YES, and no I/M Test DTCs should be present.

Inspection/Maintenance System Set Procedure

1. Ensure that the vehicle meets the conditions for a cold start listed above.
2. The evaporative emission inspection/maintenance system status indicator should display YES. If the inspection/maintenance system status indicator displays NO, perform the Service Bay Test, if applicable. If the Service Bay Test is NOT available, it may take up to 6 drive cycles, with up to 17 h between drive cycles, for the inspection/maintenance system status indicator to transition to YES.
3. The O2S Heater inspection/maintenance system status indicator should display YES. If the O2S Heater inspection/maintenance system status indicator displays NO, ensure that the ignition has been turned OFF for at least 10 h.
4. Turn OFF all accessories; HVAC system, other electrical loads, including aftermarket/add-on equipment, etc.
5. Set the vehicle parking brake and ensure the vehicle is in Park for automatic transmission or Neutral for manual transmission.
6. Turn OFF all accessories; HVAC system, other electrical loads, including aftermarket/add-on equipment, etc.
7. Start and idle the engine for at least 2 min and until 65°C (149°F) is achieved.
8. Run the engine for 6.5 min within the following conditions: MAF parameter between 4-30 g/s Engine speed steady between 1, 000-3, 000 RPM
9. Return the engine to idle for 1 minute.
10. Apply and hold the brake pedal, and shift to Drive for automatic transmission, or apply the clutch pedal for manual transmission and operate the vehicle within the following conditions for 2 min: Depress the accelerator pedal until throttle position sensor angle is more than 2 %. Mass air flow signal between 15-30 g/s RPM steady between 1, 200-2, 000 RPM
11. Release the accelerator pedal and shift the vehicle to Park for automatic transmission, or Neutral and release the clutch pedal for manual transmission, and allow the engine to idle for 2 min.
12. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal until throttle position sensor angle is more than 8 % and return to idle, repeat 3 times.
13. Allow engine to idle for at least 2 min.
14. Release the parking brake and drive vehicle at 24 km/h (15 mph) or slower for 2 min.
15. Continue to drive the vehicle for at least 5.5 mi between 45-112 km/h (28-70 mph) with the vehicle reaching at least 80 km/h (50 mph).
16. Release the accelerator pedal for at least 2 s. This will allow the vehicle to enter decel fuel cut-off.
17. Depress the accelerator pedal until the throttle position sensor angle is increased 3-20 % and maintain a safe speed for 1 min.
18. Safely stop the vehicle, with the engine in Drive for automatic transmission or in Neutral with the clutch pedal depressed and parking brake applied for manual transmission, idle for 2 min.
19. Shift to Park for automatic and apply the parking brake, or neutral and release clutch pedal for manual.
20. Turn OFF the ignition and exit the vehicle. Do NOT disturb the vehicle for 60 min.
21. Observe the Inspection/Maintenance System Status with a scan tool. All of the Inspection/Maintenance System Status indicators should display YES. If the evaporative emission Inspection/Maintenance System Status indicator displays NO, turn OFF the ignition for 17 h, ensure that the vehicle meets the conditions for a cold start, and repeat steps 12-18 six more times, or until the evaporative emission Inspection/Maintenance System Status indicator transitions to YES. If the indicator continues to display NO, refer to the «Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__inspectionmaintenance-im-system-dtc-table) to identify the DTCs that did not run. Follow the Conditions for Running the DTC in order to set the evaporative emission Inspection/Maintenance System Status indicator If any of the Inspection/Maintenance System Status display NO, refer to the «Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__inspectionmaintenance-im-system-dtc-table) for the indicator which did not display YES. The Inspection/Maintenance System DTC Table identifies the DTCs associated with each Inspection/Maintenance System Status Indicator. Follow the Conditions for Running the DTC in order to set the associated status indicator.
22. Observe the I/M Test DTC information with a scan tool. Verify there are no I/M Test DTCs present. If an I/M Test DTC is set, diagnose the DTC using the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) , and refer to «Inspection/Maintenance System Check»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) for clearing I/M Test DTCs. If an I/M Test DTC is set and the I/M System Status indicators are NO, diagnosis the DTC and perform the «Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
23. Observe the engine DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no DTCs are present. If a DTC is set, diagnose using the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . After repairs, perform the «Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure»(/chevrolet/malibu/viii-2011-2014/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controlsfuel-24l-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) to verify no further DTCs are set.

Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table

Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table

Poor Fuel Fill Quality

Poor Fuel Fill Quality

See also:
• Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
• Strategy Based Diagnosis
• Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
• Engine Controls Schematics
• COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
• Camshaft Actuator System Description
• Circuit Testing
• Connector Repairs
• Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
• Wiring Repairs
• Control Module References
• Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
• Diagnostic Repair Verification
• Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
• Camshaft Position Intake Actuator Replacement (LE5 or LE9)
• Camshaft Position Exhaust Actuator Replacement (LE5 or LE9)
• Camshaft Timing Chain and Sprocket Cleaning and Inspection
• Camshaft Timing Chain, Sprocket, and Tensioner Replacement
• Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
• Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Caution
• Restricted Exhaust
• Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
• Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
• Temperature Versus Resistance
• Cooling System Leak Testing
• Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716)
• Throttle Body Cleaning
• Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution
• Oil Consumption Diagnosis
• Exhaust Leakage
• Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
• Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis (Without Turbocharger)
• Electrical Center Identification Views
• Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
• Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
• Powertrain Component Views
• Spark Plug Inspection
• Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
• Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
• Secondary Air Injection System Description
• Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Pipe Replacement
• Special Tools
• Engine Controls Schematics
• Evaporative Emission Control System Description
• Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
• Battery Inspection/Test
• Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
• Instrument Cluster Schematics
• Power Distribution Schematics
• Engine Control Module Description
• Engine Control Module Scan Tool Information (2.4L)
• Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
• Ignition System Specifications
• Coolant in Combustion Chamber
• Torque Converter Diagnosis
• Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Caution
• Loss of Coolant
• Symptoms - Engine Electrical
• Engine Overheating
• Engine Mount Inspection
• Road Test Warning
• Engine Cranks Slowly
• Immobilizer Description and Operation
• Engine Compression Test
• Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)
• Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
• Fuel Tank Draining (Non E-85)
• Fuel Tank Draining (With E85)
• Fuel System Cleaning
• Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning
• Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution
• Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Caution
• DTC P0106
• Evaporative Emission System Diagnosis
• Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table